1Key figures
and presentation of the Societe Generale Group

1.1History

Shaped by successive generations of employees and clients, Societe Generale has promoted economic growth for more than 160 years: in the past by supporting the industrial revolution, today and in the future by tackling the modern day challenges of sustainable development and responsible energy transition.

On 4 May 1864, the Societe Generale bank was established by decree. The Bank was founded by a group of industrialists and financiers driven by the ideals of progress. Its mission has always been “to promote the development of trade and industry in France”.

Since its beginnings, Societe Generale has sought to modernise the economy based on the model of a diversified bank at the cutting edge of financial innovation. Its retail banking branch network grew rapidly throughout France, increasing from 46 to 1,500 branches between 1870 and 1940.

During the interwar period, the Bank became France's leading French credit institution in terms of deposits. At the same time, Societe Generale began to expand internationally by financing infrastructures essential to the economic development of a number of countries in Europe, the Americas and North Africa. This expansion was accompanied by the creation of an International Retail Banking network. In 1871, the Bank opened its London branch. 

On the eve of World War I, Société Générale operated in 14 countries, either directly or through one of its subsidiaries. This network was subsequently expanded by opening branches in New York, Buenos Aires, Abidjan and Dakar, and by acquiring stakes in financial institutions in Central Europe.

The Bank was nationalised by law on 2 December 1945 and played an active role in financing the reconstruction of France. 

Societe Generale thrived during the years of the post-war boom and contributed to the increased use of banking techniques by launching innovative products for businesses, including medium-term discountable credit and lease financing agreements, for which it was the market leader.

Societe Generale has demonstrated its ability to adapt to a new economic environment by taking advantage of the banking reforms that succeeded the French Debré Laws of 1966-1967. While continuing to support the businesses it partnered, the Group lost no time in focusing its business on individual clients. In this way, it supported the emergence of a consumer society by diversifying the credit and savings products it offered private households.

In June 1987, Societe Generale was privatised with a successful IPO with a dedicated offer of shares to its staff. The Group developed a global banking strategy, in particular through its Corporate and Investment Banking activities, to support the worldwide development of its clients. In France, it expanded its networks by founding Fimatex in 1995, which later became Boursorama and now BoursoBank, currently France’s leading online bank, and by acquiring Crédit du Nord in 1997. Internationally, it established itself in Central and Eastern Europe through Komerčni Banka in the Czech Republic and BRD in Romania while consolidating its growth in Africa. Building on the professionalism of its teams and the relationship of confidence developed with its clients, the Bank continues its process of transformation by adopting a sustainable growth strategy driven by its core values of team spirit, innovation, responsibility and commitment.

In 2023, the Group completed two major strategic projects: the launch of its new French Retail Banking business resulting from the merger of the Societe Generale and Credit du Nord networks, and the creation of Ayvens, a leader in sustainable mobility resulting from the acquisition of LeasePlan by ALD Automotive.

As part of its new strategic plan initiated in September 2023, Societe Generale is pursuing new projects, including the development of BoursoBank; the creation of the Bernstein joint venture, which is a global leader in equity research and cash equity; the launch of the partnership with Brookfield to create a private debt fund of 10 billion euros; and the acceleration of actions in the field of ESG, in particular the contribution to the energy transition.

The Group currently has a headcount of around 119,000 employees in 62 countries.

The strength of this legacy, inherited from previous generations, enables Societe Generale to face the future with boldness, determination and confidence.

1.2Presentation of the Societe Generale Group

SOC2025_URD_EN_I064_HD.png

Societe Generale is a top-tier leading European Bank with around 119,000 employees serving more than 26 million clients in 62 countries across the world. The bank has supported economic growth for over 160 years, providing corporate, institutional and individual clients with a wide array of value-added advisory and financial solutions. 

Our long-lasting and trusted relationships with our clients and our cutting-edge expertise, unique innovation, ESG capabilities and leading franchises are part of our DNA and serve our most essential objective - to deliver sustainable value creation for our various stakeholders.

The Group runs three complementary businesses, embedding ESG offerings for all its clients:

  • French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance, with the retail bank SG and insurance franchise; private banking services; and the leading digital bank BoursoBank;
  • Global Banking and Investor Solutions, a top-tier wholesale bank offering tailored-made solutions with distinctive global leadership in Equity Derivatives, Structured Finance and ESG;
  • Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services, comprising well-established universal banks (in Czech Republic, Romania and several African countries); Ayvens (the new ALD – LeasePlan brandname), a global player in sustainable mobility; as well as specialised financing activities.

The Group has a clearly defined strategy to be a rock-solid bank with strong and sustainable performance that contributes to fulfilling the UN's Sustainable Development Goals. Strengthening the Group’s robustness is a priority with a focus on structurally improving operational efficiency and profitability and increasing capital. Based on a simplified and synergised model, the objective is also to develop sustainable and profitable activities, bolstering the value proposition for clients and in particular, contributing to energy, environmental and social transition.

The Group is listed in the main socially responsible investment indices: DJSI (Europe), FTSE4Good (Global and Europe), Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index, Refinitiv Diversity and Inclusion Index, Euronext Vigeo (Europe and eurozone), STOXX Global ESG Leaders indexes, and the MSCI Low Carbon Leaders Index (World and Europe).

KEY FIGURES

Results (In EUR m)

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

Net banking income

26,788

25 104

27,155

25,798

22,113

o.w. French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

8,657

8,053

9,210

7,777

7,315

o.w. Global Banking and Investor Solutions

10,122

9,642

10,108

9,530

7,613

o.w. Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

8,458

8,507

8,139

8,117

7,524

o.w. Corporate Centre

(450)

(1,098)

(302)

374

(339)

Gross operating income

8,316

6,580

9,161

8,208

5,399

Cost/income ratio

69.0%

73.8%

66.3%

68.2%

75.6%

Operating income

6,786

5,555

7,514

7,508

2,093

Group net income

4,200

2,493

1,825

5,641

(258)

Equity (In EUR bn)

 

 

 

 

 

Group shareholders’ equity

70.3

66.0

67.0

65.1

61.7

Total consolidated equity

79.6

76.2

73.3

70.9

67.0

ROTE

6.9%

4.2%

2.5%

11.7%

-0.4%

Common Equity Tier 1(1)

13.3%

13.1%

13.5%

13.7%

13.4%

Risk Weighted assets (In EUR bn)

389.5

388.8

362.4

363.4

351.9

  • (1)Figures based on CRR2/CRD5 rules, including IFRS 9 phasing.

Note: 2022 figures restated in compliance with IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 for insurance entities. 

1.3A clear strategy for a sustainable future

The Group is driven by a clear strategy and roadmap to secure its long-term future: to become a rock-solid bank that achieves sound and sustainable performances that contribute to the achievement of sustainable development objectives.

To further strengthen the Bank’s financial profile is a core priority for the Group. This will mainly be achieved by maintaining a high CET1 ratio, with a CET1 ratio target set above 13% under Basel IV throughout 2025. To achieve this target, the Group will allocate and use its capital effectively, improve operational efficiency and simplify its portfolio based on a consistent, integrated and synergy-centric business model leveraging its core franchises, while maintaining best-in-class risk management.

The Group intends to leverage its high-performance, sustainable businesses based on a robust diversified banking model tailored to the needs of more than 26 million corporate, institutional and individual clients, structured around three core businesses:

  • French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance;
  • Global Banking and Investor Solutions;
  • Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services.

Under its French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance business line, the Group plans to leverage the new operating model of its new SG network to boost synergies with the Insurance and Private Banking activities while improving operating efficiency, and accelerate BoursoBank’s development with the aim of reaching more than 8 million clients by 2025 and enhancing long-term value creation. Leveraging a high-impact value offer, the Group intends to be the partner of choice for businesses, professionals and high net worth clients, as well as for digital clients, and at the same time be a responsible bank for its various counterparties.

For the Global Banking and Investor Solutions business line, the Group is pursuing the strategy it initiated in 2021 to further enhance the sustainability and profitability of its model. Building on its positioning as a top-tier European player and trusted partner for its global banking clients, the Group intends to unlock greater value from its leading franchises, notably through innovative action, while continuing to improve operating efficiency and optimising its resources, particularly capital. Recent partnerships with AllianceBernstein and Brookfield as well as the acquisition of a 75% stake in Reed Management are examples of the Group’s ability to create innovative solutions with a view to broadening its offerings and value proposition for its clients.

Within the Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services business line, the main aim of International Retail Banking businesses is to deliver sustainable performances that exceed the cost of capital, notably by implementing a more compact and efficient model that also offers first-rate customer experience. The Group is aiming to become a world leader in the mobility ecosystem through its mobility and leasing activities, chiefly through Ayvens, following the completion of ALD’s acquisition of LeasePlan.

The Group intends to press ahead with  its commercial development by providing its clients with responsible and innovative financial solutions through quality services, value-added and innovation, including digital, to improve client satisfaction. To this end, the Group is pursuing various digital transformation and operational efficiency initiatives.

Another of the Group's priorities is to instill a performance and accountability culture. To this end, it has set targets to increase its employee engagement score, reduce the gender pay gap and promote diversity in senior leadership roles. The Group has also adjusted its financial reporting principles to embed a culture of greater accountability.

Fully committed to the strategic initiatives it announced in September 2023, the SG Group has set the following main financial targets:

  • a robust CET1 ratio at 13% in 2026, under the Basel IV regulation;
  • average annual revenue growth between 0% and 2% over 2022-2026;
  • increased operational efficiency, with a cost-to-income ratio below 60% in 2026;
  • cost of risk within the 25-30 basis-point range over 2024-2026;
  • return on tangible equity (ROTE) between 9 and 10% in 2026;
  • a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) of at least 130% and a Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) of at least 112% throughout the cycle;
  • a non-Performing Loans (NPL) ratio target of 2.5-3% in 2026;
  • a leverage ratio of 4-4.5% throughout the cycle;
  • a MREL (Minium Required Eligible Liabilities) ratio equal to at least 30% of risk-weighted assets (RWA) throughout the cycle;
  • implementation of a sustainable distribution policy based on a payout ratio of 50% of net income(1) with a balanced distribution mix between cash dividends and share buybacks from 2024 onwards.

In a world faced with climate change and environmental challenges, Societe Generale has a vital role to play. As part of its ambition to become a leading, rock-solid and sustainable European bank, ESG is central to its strategic roadmap.

The Group’s ESG strategy is based on four pillars: (1) supporting clients in the environmental transition, (2) contributing to positive local impact, (3) the desire to be a responsible employer and (4) promoting a culture of responsibility in all its business sectors.

Societe Generale has reasserted its aim to support environmental transition by:

  • setting a new target for contributing to sustainable finance of EUR 500 billion in 2024-2030;
  • aligning its credit portfolios with trajectories in line with the objectives of the Paris Agreement;
  • developing innovative solutions and partnerships to prepare for the future.

Having achieved its aim of contributing EUR 300 billion to sustainable finance by 2024, the Group has set a new target of EUR 500 billion between 2024 and 2030. This target, which covers a broader scope, will notably help to increase focus on decarbonization in the highest carbon intensive emission sectors for which the Bank has set objectives.

After reaching significant milestones in reducing its exposure to fossil fuels this year, the Group reaffirms its target of reducing its exposure to upstream oil and gas by 80% by 2030(2) versus 2019. This objective is accompanied by a target of reducing greenhouse gas emissions in the oil and gas sector by 70% across the entire activity chain by 2030 versus 2019.

Work has been completed on aligning corporate credit portfolios in the most carbon intensive sectors, setting targets compatible with the objectives of the Paris Agreement in accordance with the timetable set by the Net Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), of which the Group is a founding member. Alignment is underway with targets set for 10 sectors, focusing each sector on the part of the value chain most responsible for its emissions.

Societe Generale is  preparing for the future by supporting new market players. This year, the Group initiated the EUR 1 billion envelope announced for the energy transition to support emerging leaders, nature-based and impact solutions (including up to EUR 700 million in equity). An initial investment was made through the acquisition of a majority stake in Reed Management, to form REED, a leader in alternative investment in new actors in the energy transition, water and waste sector. To complete this equity investment offer, Societe Generale has set up a debt envelope of EUR 300 million, now well underway, devoted to financing the new leaders of the transition.

As a responsible employer, Societe Generale’s ambition is to enable each employee, current or future, to achieve his or her full potential within the Group, to offer a fulfilling, adapted and efficient working environment and to promote employee engagement and impact. The Group is deploying its ambitions in terms of diversity, fairness and inclusion with the following objectives: (i) to increase the representation of women in the Group’s management bodies with at least 35% of women leaders in the “Group Leaders Circle” (Top 250) by 2026 and (ii) to reduce the potential pay gap between women and men within the Group by 2026 through the mobilisation of EUR 100 million envelope by the end of 2026.

Another priority for the Group is to further embed a culture of performance and accountability. The Group supports its clients in their transition and integrates ESG issues into the management of its activities. Its ESG roadmap also includes an objective of rigorous management of its impact and risks in line with a strongly rooted culture of responsibility.

The Sustainability Statement published this year in the format provided under the European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (“CSRD”), presents detailed information on the assessment of the impacts, risks and opportunities related to material ESG issues (see Chapter 5 “Sustainability statement”).

Outlook

In 2024, still marked by a complex and uncertain geopolitical, economic and financial context, the Group delivered strong commercial performances in most of its businesses. The Group’s performance was driven by the recovery in the net interest margin in France and by another year of good results in Global Banking and Investor Solutions. At the same time, the Group maintained disciplined cost management.

The Group also successfully passed key milestones in a number of other strategic projects, notably:

  • the completion of the merger of the Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale networks with the implementation of a new relationship model, improving the quality of the service provided to individual, business and corporate clients. The savings made as part of the merger are also in line with the objectives;
  • the accelerated development of the Group’s online bank BoursoBank by consolidating its leading position on the French market with over 7.2 million clients;
  • the continued integration of LeasePlan into Ayvens, creating a global leader in mobility solutions. 2024 marked significant milestones in the operational integration, which is taking place in line with the initial schedule. From 2025 onwards, the new entity will make the transition to the target business model, including the implementation and stabilisation of IT and operational processes;
  • the official launch of Bernstein, a joint venture that will create a global leader in equity research and cash equity. With Bernstein, the Societe Generale Group significantly increases its value proposition to offer its clients a full range of global services across the entire equity chain;
  • the acquisition of 75% of Reed Management, an alternative management company founded by energy investment specialists, which marks the first step in the Group’s one billion-euro investment strategy in the energy transition;
  • the announcement of planned asset disposals to develop a simplified, more synergistic and efficient model, which generated more than 60 basis points of CET1 gains for the Group.

For the Group, the focus in 2025 will be on fulfilling the strategy laid down and on boosting performance. To this end, the following priorities  have been set:

  • increase in the commercial performance, in particular relying on the successful deployment of the new operating model in SG network and the continued operational integration of LeasePlan into Ayvens;
  • management of the business portfolio, including the completion of announced asset disposals;
  • across the board improvement of operational efficiency, with around EUR 350 million of transformation charges remaining out of the EUR 1 billion announced at Capital Markets Day and for which most will be accounted for in 2025;
  • consolidation of a solid liquidity profile and a high capital ratio with limited organic growth in RWA;
  • optimisation of the Group’s use of scarce resources and balance-sheet by continuing to develop our asset-light model notably in Global Banking;
  • maintain disciplined risk management;
  • continue momentum when rolling out our ESG initiatives and strategies.

From a financial perspective, the Group has set the following targets for 2025:

  • in 2025, the Group is expected to benefit from increased revenues (excluding impact of disposals) that are above 3% relative to 2024;
  • costs are expected to decrease in 2025 by more thant -1%  vs. 2024, excluding disposal effects;
  • the cost-to-income ratio is also expected to improve in 2025 to a level of less than 66%;
  • the  net cost of risk is anticipated between 25 and 30 basis points in 2025;
  • the Group aims to maintain a CET1 ratio above 13% post Basel IV throughout 2025;
  • finally, ROTE for the Group is expected to improve in 2025 to more than 8%.

The Board of Directors approved the distribution policy for the 2024 tax year, aiming to distribute EUR 2.18 per share(3), equivalent to EUR 1.7 billion, of which EUR 872 million in share buy-backs. A cash dividend of EUR 1.09 will be proposed at the General Meeting of Shareholders as at 20 May 2025. The dividend will be detached on 26 May 2025 and paid out on 28 May 2025.

1.4SG’s core businesses

1.4.1French Retail, Private Banking and InsurancE

SOC2025_URD_EN_I055_HD.png

The French Retail Banking (SG Network and BoursoBank), Private Banking and Insurance businesses fall within the same pillar to optimise synergies between these business lines so as to offer a wide range of products and services tailored  to the needs of a diversified client base – Individual, Business and Corporate clients, as well as non-profit organisations and Municipal Councils – who seek varied expertise.

2024 was marked by:

  • the large-scale deployment of the new operating and relational model of our Retail Banking activities in France under the SG brand name following the successful merger of the Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale networks;
  • pursuing BoursoBank’s development strategy, exceeding the 7 million customer mark in 2024 and leader in France in its three businesses: online banking, online brokerage and online financial information;
  • solid commercial and financial performances from the Private Banking and Insurance businesses that provide further continuum in our offers with clients in the Retail Banking networks.

Our networks continue to support the economy and our clients in financing of their projects despite a decrease in average outstanding loans, down from EUR 234 billion in 2023 to EUR 226 billion in 2024, in a context of elevated interest rates. At the same time and in the face of keen competition particularly in the corporate segment, deposit outstandings increased by +1% to EUR 298 billion at the end of December 2024. 

SOC2025_URD_EN_I056_HD.png
SG's network in France

The Societe Generale network in France  develops Retail Banking activities under the SG brandname.

A global bank focused on three domestic market segments: Individual, Business and Corporate clients & NGOs, the SG network offers solutions adapted to the needs of nearly 9 million clients, thanks to:

  • a comprehensive and diversified range of products and services (day-to-day banking, savings management, financing, methods of payment, etc.);
  • a comprehensive and innovative omnichannel system (Internet, mobile, landline);
  • around 1,400 branches for its Individual and Business clients.

As the leader of non-mutual players, SG Bank is ranked among the top players on the market in the “high-end” and “corporate” segments.

In 2024, the Group successfully completed the merger of the Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale networks.

The year was marked by the large-scale deployment of our new operational and relational model:

  • a bank with local roots in 11 regions, including a national brandname - “SG” - with 10 regional brandnames;
  • a responsive, accessible and efficient bank thanks to more decisions made at the regional level to increase speed of action and customer satisfaction;
  • a bank that adapts to the specific needs of each client profile, offering differentiated expertise and services according to each customer segment;
  • a responsible bank: sustainable development is central to the strategy of the SG network.

At end of 2024, with 28,000 employees, average outstandings amounted to EUR 194 billion for loans and EUR 232 billion for deposits.

BoursoBank

Boursorama, a fully-owned subsidiary of Societe Generale, is a pioneer and leader in France in its three main businesses: online banking, online brokerage and online financial information (boursorama.com is ranked No. 1 for economic and financial news).

Accessible to all, regardless of income levels and financial assets, BoursoBank’s purpose is to simplify banking, give its users purchasing power and enable them to manage their finances.

BoursoBank had more than 7 million clients at the end of 2024, a further increase of more than 20% over the year. The business has therefore grown ten-fold in 10 years. This growth is accompanied by an increase in the bank’s overall assets under management of +EUR 9.1 billion over the year, for a total of more than EUR 82 billion at the end of December 2024.

2024 was marked by:

  • the reach of 7.2 million clients by the end of the year with a new target set at more than 8 million clients by end of 2025;
  • profitability achieved for the second consecutive year;
  • the launch of a new BoursoBank brandname platform: “The bank we want to recommend (for ourselves)”.

In addition, BoursoBank continued to enhance its product and service offering in 2024:

  • launch of two new offers devoted to meeting two customer targets: BoursoBusiness for Businesses (solely owned and one-person businesses) and BoursoFirst for wealthy clients;
  • gradual transition from a Web and mobile based bank to a fully mobile bank;
  • entry into the Artificial Intelligence era with the deployment of several use cases that strengthen BoursoBank’s specific operating model.

Ranked the lowest-cost bank for the 17th consecutive year (source Le Monde/Panorabanque – December 2024), BoursoBank continues to obtain the best Net Promoter Score in the sector at +46 (Source Bain et Cie, 2024). Its online portal, www.boursorama.com, is consistently ranked the No. 1 national website for online financial and economic information with ~100 million visits each month (Source ACPM – 2024).

In general, BoursoBank continues to attract a young, urban, active and financially stable client base. 

SG Private Banking

Societe Generale Private Banking offers global financial engineering and wealth management solutions, in addition to global expertise in structured products, hedge funds, mutual funds, private equity funds and real estate investment solutions. It also offers clients access to capital markets.

Societe Generale Private Banking’s offer is available from three main geographical centres: SGPB France, SGPB Europe (Luxembourg, Monaco, Switzerland) and Kleinwort Hambros (London, Jersey, Guernsey, Gibraltar). At the end of 2024, Private Banking held EUR 154 billion in assets under management.

As part of its strategic roadmap, Societe Generale has signed agreements with UBP (a Swiss bank specialising in wealth and asset management), with a view to the sale of SG Kleinwort Hambros and Societe Generale Private Banking Switzerland based in London and Geneva. The disposal of Societe Generale Private Banking Switzerland was completed in January 2025. The sale of SG Kleinwort Hambros will be finalised in 2025.

Societe Generale Private Banking intends to pursue its development strategy by relying on its leading entities in France and abroad, in Luxembourg and Monaco to support its wealthy clients thanks to its expertise and recognised services.

SGPB Private Banking will also be able to rely on Societe Generale Investment Solutions (formerly Weath Investment Solutions) to position itself as a recognised architect of financial savings solutions and become a key market player. This true One-Stop-Shop offering consolidates the management and structuring skills offered by Investment Management Services, the Market Solutions teams in charge of market solutions and the management entities (located in France(5) and Luxembourg(6)).

Societe Generale Assurances

The Societe Generale Assurances business is a lynchpin in the Societe Generale Group’s development strategy, in synergy with its retail banking, private banking and financial services businesses. Societe Generale Assurances is also pursuing  the expansion of its distribution model through the development of external partnerships.

Societe Generale Assurances offers a full range of products and services to meet the needs of Individual, Business and Corporate clients in life insurance savings, retirement savings, personal protection and non-life insurance businesses.

Leveraging the expertise of its 3,000 employees, Societe Generale Assurances combines financial strength with dynamic innovation and a sustainable development strategy so as to be a trusted partner for its clients. Gross premiums stood at EUR 18.3 billion in 2024, with the share of unit-linked (UL) funds totalling 32%. Outstandings in life insurance investment savings reached a record level of EUR 146 billion at end-2024, up by 7%, of which UL funds accounted for 40%. In protection (personal and non-life insurance), the activity grew by +4% compared to 2023. 

In 2024, Societe Generale Assurances continued to diversify its distribution model, which is a proven high-potential growth driver in life insurance savings and personal protection, in synergy with the Group’s other businesses, such as BoursoBank, CGI and with external partners.

As a prominent player on the retirement savings market in France, Societe Generale Assurances offers cross-business products to meet the needs of individual clients, corporate clients and their employees through customised solutions, simple and easy-to-use digital pathways, innovative and tailor-made services and bespoke assistance.

Societe Generale Assurances’ financial solidity was confirmed by the success of a second external financing operation by Sogécap totalling EUR 600 million, which was significantly oversubscribed and strengthened the quality of Societe Generale Assurances’ long-term prudential capital.

Societe Generale Assurances actively endorses a policy to strengthen its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) commitments, vowing to make it a differentiating factor in its strategy. It has divided its policy into three areas: Being a Responsible Insurer, Being a Responsible Investor and Being a Responsible Employer.

2Group management report

2.1The SG Group’s main activities

SOC2025_URD_EN_I006_A_HD.png

2.2Group activities and financial results

Definitions and details of methods used are provided on page  2.3.6 and on subsequent pages.

Information marked by an asterisk (*) indicates adjustments made for changes in Group structure and at constant exchange rates.

Analysis of the consolidated income statement

(In EUR m)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

26,788

25,104

+6.7%

+5.7%*

Operating expenses

(18,472)

(18,524)

-0.3%

-1.6%*

Gross operating income

8,316

6,580

+26.4%

+26.6%*

Net cost of risk

(1,530)

(1,025)

+49.3%

+48.6%*

Operating income

6,786

5,555

+22.2%

+22.5%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

21

24

-10.7%

-19.6%*

Net profits or losses from other assets

(77)

(113)

+31.4%

+26.3%*

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

(338)

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(1,601)

(1,679)

-4.7%

-4.9%*

Net income

5,129

3,449

+48.7%

+49.6%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

929

956

-3.0%

-9.3%*

Group net income

4,200

2,493

+68.6%

+73.2%*

Cost-to-income ratio

69.0%

73.8%

 

 

Average allocated capital

57,223

56,396

 

 

ROTE

6.9%

4.2%

 

 

Net banking income

Over 2024, net banking income for the Group increased by +6.7% vs. 2023.

Revenues in French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance rose by +7.5% relative to 2023, mainly due to a rebound of net interest income (+20.9% vs. 2023).

In Global Banking and Investor Solutions, revenues reached a record(1) level of EUR 10,122 million in 2024, up +5.0% vs. 2023, driven by a strong momentum across businesses. Global Markets and Investor Services expanded by +4.5% vs. 2023 owing to strong market activities, mainly on equities. The Financing and Advisory business posted high revenues of EUR 3,566 million in 2024, up by +5.8% vs. 2023.

Over the year, revenues in Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services were stable at -0.6% vs. 2023 on the back of stable activity levels both in International Retail Banking (-0.7%) despite various disposals closed in 2024, mainly subsidiaries in Morocco and Madagascar, and in Mobility and Financial Services activities (-0.4%) including non-recurring items in 2023.

Over 2024, revenues for the Corporate Centre totalled EUR -450 million in 2024 compared with EUR -1,098 million in 2023.

Operating expenses

In 2024, operating expenses totalled EUR 18,472 million, slightly down by -0.3% vs. 2023, thanks from rigorous cost management of the Group. The cost-to-income ratio stood at 69.0% (vs. 73.8% in 2023), a level below the target <71% for 2024.

Cost of risk

Over 2024, the cost of risk totalled 26 basis points, at the lower end of 2024 guidance set between 25 and 30 basis points.

The Group’s provisions on performing loans amounted to EUR 3,119(2) million, down EUR -453 million relative to 31 December 2023, notably linked to application of IFRS 5 accounting norms on assets held for sale.

The non-performing loan ratio was 2.81%(3) as of 31 December 2024. The net coverage ratio on the Group’s non-performing loans stood at 81%(4) as of 31 December 2024 (after taking into account guarantees and collateral).

As of 31 December 2024, the Group sharply reduced its offshore exposure to Russia to around EUR 0.5 billion of EAD (Exposure at Default) compared with EUR 0.9 billion as at 31 December 2023 (~-45%). The maximum risk exposure on this portfolio is estimated below EUR 0.1 billion before provision. 

Operating income

Operating income totalled EUR 6,786 million in 2024 compared with EUR 5,555 million in 2023, strongly up (+22.2%) driven by high positive jaws with revenues up by 6.7% and stable costs.

Net income

The Group net income for 2024 totalled EUR 4.2 billion, representing ROTE of 6.9%, above 2024 guidance >6%.

CET1 ratio

As at end of December 2024, the Group's capital position is solid with a CET1 ratio of 13.3%, above 2024 guidance >13%.

Shareholder distribution

The Board of Directors approved the distribution policy for the 2024 fiscal year, aiming to distribute EUR 2.18 per share, equivalent to EUR 1,740 million, of which EUR 872 million in share buyback(5). A cash dividend of EUR 1.09 per share will be proposed at the General Meeting of Shareholders on 20 May 2025. The dividend will be detached on 26 May 2025 and paid out on 28 May 2025.

2.3ActivitIes and performance of core businesses

2.3.1Financial Results by core businesses

(In EURm)

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Global Banking 
and Investor Solutions

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Corporate

Centre

Group

2024

2023

2024

2023

2024

2023

2024

2023

2024

2023

Net banking income

8,657

8,053

10,122

9,642

8,458

8,507

(450)

(1,098)

26,788

25,104

Operating expenses

(6,634)

(6,756)

(6,542)

(6,788)

(5,072)

(4,760)

(224)

(220)

(18,472)

(18,524)

Gross operating income

2,024

1,297

3,580

2,854

3,386

3,747

(674)

(1,318)

8,316

6,580

Net cost of risk

(712)

(505)

(126)

(30)

(705)

(486)

12

(4)

(1,530)

(1,025)

Operating income

1,312

792

3,455

2,824

2,681

3,261

(661)

(1 323)

6,786

5,555

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

7

7

(0)

7

15

10

(0)

0

21

24

Net profits or losses from other assets

6

9

(0)

1

96

(11)

(179)

(111)

(77)

(113)

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

(0)

0

0

0

0

0

(338)

0

(338)

Income tax

(329)

(208)

(656)

(517)

(697)

(824)

81

(130)

(1,601)

(1,679)

Net income

995

600

2,797

2 314

2,096

2,436

(759)

(1 901)

5,129

3 449

o.w. non-controlling interests

4

4

10

34

826

826

89

93

929

957

Group net income

991

596

2,788

2,280

1,270

1,609

(848)

(1,994)

4,200

2,493

Cost-to-income ratio

76.6%

83.9%

64.6%

70.4%

60.0%

56.0%

 

 

69.0%

73.8%

Average allocated capital

15,634

15,454

15,147

15,426

10,433

9,707

16,009

15,809

57,223

56,396

RONE (businesses)/ROTE (Group)

6.3%

3.9%

18.4%

14.8%

12.2%

16.6%

 

 

6.9%

4.2%

  •  

2.4Major new products and services

2.4.1Societe Generale and IFC seal A new agreement to step up sustainable finance

Press release dated 19 January 2024

Societe Generale and IFC, a member of the World Bank Group, have signed a Collaboration Framework Agreement to accelerate on sustainable finance in developing countries, as part of both institutions’ shared ambition to contribute to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and strong commitment to the environmental transition and Sustainability.

As part of this agreement, the two institutions aim to further develop wide-ranging financing solutions such as project co-financings or risk sharing agreements, contributing to private sector mobilization in support of the climate transition. In particular, the agreement will support sustainable finance projects to facilitate access to clean energy, water and other infrastructure and to foster sustainable agribusiness, as well as the financing of projects empowering women entrepreneurs in small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs). Societe Generale and IFC will also share approaches and expertise on methodologies and frameworks aimed at measuring and monitoring impact.

This new Collaboration Framework Agreement builds on a longstanding partnership, solid cooperation track record, as well as a joint commitment towards the SDGs and rigorous environmental, social and governance (ESG) standards. Over the last 10 years, the two institutions have co-financed about 60 transactions with other partners, representing more than US$20 billion in new investment flows into developing countries. IFC has also provided approximately US$ 1.3 billion in financing to Societe Generale, e.g. to enable the scaling up of green vehicle fleets.

This partnership will draw on the complementary strengths of the two institutions. Societe Generale will bring its leading expertise in structured finance and ESG, its ability to distribute assets to investors and its global reach. IFC will leverage its experience as the largest global development institution focused on the private sector in developing countries, including its balance sheet strength and in-depth knowledge of developing economies.

Slawomir Krupa, Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale, comments:

“I am delighted to strengthen our cooperation with IFC with the signing of this Partnership Framework Agreement, building on solid relationships between our institutions established over time. By joining forces, our ambition is to increase our contribution to sustainable projects in developing countries, in relation with the UN Sustainable Development Goals. As part of our strategic plan and ESG commitments, developing partnerships with the most relevant stakeholders helps us design the best solutions to address the challenges of the environmental transition and the need for sustainable infrastructures in developing countries.”

Makhtar Diop, Managing Director, IFC, says:

“This agreement will deepen the long-standing relationship between IFC and Societe Generale, allowing us to work together to deploy scalable private sector investments in emerging markets. We look forward to an enhanced partnership to provide the critical financing needed for projects with a transformative impact on people and local economies.”

2.5Analysis of the consolidated balance sheet

Assets

(in EURm)

12.2024

12.2023

Cash, due from central banks

201,680

223,048

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

526,048

495,882

Hedging derivatives

9,233

10,585

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

96,024

90,894

Securities at amortised cost

32,655

28,147

Due from banks at amortised cost

84,051

77,879

Customer loans at amortised cost

454,622

485,449

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(292)

(433)

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

615

459

Tax assets

4,687

4,717

Other assets

70,903

69,765

Non-current assets held for sale

26,426

1,763

Investments accounted for using the equity method

398

227

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

61,409

60,714

Goodwill

5,086

4,949

Total

1,573,545

1,554,045

2.6Financial policy

The objective of the Group’s financial policy is to optimise the use of shareholders’ equity in order to maximise short- and long-term return for shareholders, while maintaining a level of capital ratios (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios) consistent with the market status of Societe Generale and the Group’s target rating. 

Since 2010, the Group has launched a major realignment programme, strengthening capital and focusing on the rigorous management of scarce resources (capital and liquidity) and proactive risk management in order to apply the regulatory changes related to the implementation of Basel 3 regulations.

2.6.1Group shareholders’ equity

Group shareholders’ equity totalled EUR 70.3 billion at 31 December 2024. Net asset value per share was EUR 75.0 and net tangible asset value per share was EUR 66.1 using the new methodology disclosed in Chapter 2 of this Universal Registration Document, on page  2.3.6

Total equity includes EUR 10.5 billion in deeply subordinated notes.

As at 31 December 2024, Societe Generale held, directly or indirectly, 3.8 millions of Societe Generale shares, representing 0.48% of the capital (excluding shares held for trading purposes). 

Under the liquidity contract implemented on 22 August 2011 with an external investment services provider, Societe Generale acquired 3,652,102 shares in 2024, with a value of EUR 87.8 million and sold 3,652,102 shares with a value of EUR 87.9 million. The liquidity contract was temporarily suspended from 27 May to 25 June 2024 when during the share buyback period.

The information concerning the Group’s capital and shareholding structure is available in Chapter 7 of this Universal Registration Document (p  Share, share capital and legal information).

2.7Major investments and disposals

The group maintained a targeted acquisition and disposal policy, in line with its strategy focused on its core businesses and the management of scarce resources.

Business division

Description of investments

2024

 

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Creation with AllianceBernstein of the Bernstein joint venture, the world leader in equity research and cash

Corporate Centre

Acquisition of a majority stake (75%) in Reed Management SAS, an alternative asset management company in the energy transition, and subsequent investment in the inaugural fund

2023

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of LP Group B.V., holding company of LeasePlan Corporation N.V., one of the world's leading leasing companies.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Acquisition of a minority stake in EIT InnoEnergy, an investment company which is the main driver of innovation in Europe in sustainable energy.

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Acquisition of a majority stake in PayXpert, a fintech specialised in payment service.

2022

 

 

No major investment finalised in 2022.

2021

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Fleetpool, a leading German car subscription company.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Banco Sabadell’s subsidiary (Bansabadell Renting) specialised in long-term renting and the signing of an exclusive white label distribution agreement with Banco Sabadell.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Servicess

Acquisition by ALD of a 17% stake in Skipr, a start-up specialised in mobility as a service.

Business division

Description of disposals

2024

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Sale of SG's stake in Societe Generale Marocaine de Banques and La Marocaine Vie to Saham Group 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services 

Disposal of Societe Generale Group's entire stake in BFV - Société Générale (Madagascar), Société Générale Tchad and Banco Société Générale Moçambique 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Sale by Komercni Banka to the city of Prague of VN 42, owner of the registered office of Komercni Banka 

Corporate Centre 

Sale of SG's stake in Systra (2%), following the exit of the majority shareholders

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Disposal of Société Générale's entire stake in Shine to Ageras 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of the Group's entire stake in LeasePlan Russia

 

2023

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of three ALD subsidiaries (Ireland, Norway and Portugal) and three subsidiaries of LeasePlan Corporation N.V. (Czech Republic, Finland and Luxembourg) in connection with the acquisition of LP Group B.V.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SG’s stake in Société Générale Congo.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Société Générale’s stake in ALD Automotive in Russia.  

2022

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Societe Generale Group’s and Sogecap’s entire stakes in Rosbank and two joint ventures co-held with Rosbank (Societe Generale Strakhovanie LLC and Societe Generale Strakhovanie Zhizni LLC).

Corporate Centre

Sale of a 5% stake in Treezor to MasterCard, reinforcing an industrial partnership.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of a minority stake in Schufa, a credit rating agency in Germany.

2021

 

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Disposal of Lyxor, a European asset management specialist.

2.8Pending acquisitions and major contracts

2.8.1Financing of main ongoing investments

Ongoing investments will be financed using the Group’s usual sources of funding.

2.9Property and equipment

The gross book value of the Societe Generale group’s tangible operating fixed assets amounts to EUR 83.9 billion as of 31 December 2024. This comprises land and buildings (EUR 5.1 billion), right of use (EUR 3.7 billion), assets leased by specialised financing companies (EUR 69.2 billion), investment property (EUR 0.7 billion) mainly related to insurance activities) and other tangible assets (EUR 5.2 billion).

The net book value of the tangible operating assets and investment property amounts to EUR 58.0 billion, representing only 3.7% of the consolidated balance sheet as of 31 December 2024. 

Owing to the nature of the businesses of Societe Generale, property and equipment are not material at Group level.

2.10Post-closing events

None.

2.11Statement on post-closing events

Since the end of the last financial period, no significant change in the financial performance of the Group occurred other than those described in the present Universal Registration Document filed with the AMF on 12 March 2025.

2.12Information on geographic locations and activities as of 31 December 2024

The article L. 511-45 of the Monetary and Financial Code modified by Order No. 2014-158 of 20 February 2014, require credit institutions to communicate information about the locations and activities of their entities included in their consolidation scope, in each State or territory

Societe Generale publishes below the information relative to staff and the financial information by countries or territories.

The list of locations is published in the Note 8.4 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Country(1)

Staff*

NBI*

Earnings before corporate tax*

Corporate tax*

Deferred corporate tax*

Other taxes*

Subventions*

South Africa

-

0

-

-

-

(0)

-

Algeria

1,863

232

114

(34)

1

(9)

-

Germany

3,011

1,294

478

(212)

34

(19)

-

Saudi Arabia

6

0

0

(0)

0

(0)

-

Australia

69

50

9

(5)

(0)

(1)

-

Austria

237

66

38

(5)

0

(1)

-

Belgium

607

263

123

(44)

13

(1)

-

Benin

123

20

5

(1)

(0)

(1)

-

Bermuda(2)

-

3

4

-

-

-

-

Brazil

455

111

52

(16)

(8)

(7)

-

Bulgaria

36

8

6

(1)

0

-

-

Burkina Faso

266

44

(5)

(7)

3

(2)

-

Cameroon

727

149

45

(22)

6

(4)

-

Canada

596

44

18

(6)

(1)

(4)

-

Chile

42

3

(0)

-

0

(0)

-

China

235

61

19

4

(7)

(0)

-

Colombia

38

4

2

(1)

(0)

(0)

-

South Korea

100

94

27

(11)

4

(3)

-

Cote d’Ivoire

1,467

393

203

(48)

(1)

(9)

-

Croatia

68

15

11

(2)

(0)

(0)

-

Denmark

266

97

43

5

(14)

-

-

United Arab Emirates

66

34

10

(1)

-

(0)

-

Spain

1,111

532

286

(79)

5

(5)

-

Estonia

15

2

1

(0)

-

(0)

-

United States

1,893

2,263

959

(140)

(193)

(9)

-

Finland

129

43

24

(5)

0

-

-

France

53,129

11,019

(130)

148

24

(809)

-

Ghana

536

77

32

(23)

4

(0)

-

Gibraltar

38

13

(2)

-

0

(1)

-

Greece

246

77

49

-

(12)

(0)

-

Guinea

282

110

84

(24)

(2)

(4)

-

Equatorial Guinea

235

22

6

(1)

-

(0)

-

Hong Kong

1,032

621

195

(38)

(5)

(1)

-

Hungary

226

58

35

(3)

(4)

(1)

-

Îles Caïmans(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Isle of Man(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Guernsey

54

26

7

(1)

0

(1)

-

India(5)

11,465

151

167

(45)

(11)

(3)

-

Ireland

423

157

114

(16)

(2)

(2)

-

Italy

2,448

1,049

474

(89)

(44)

(11)

-

Japan

234

181

37

(8)

(1)

(4)

-

Jersey

159

26

5

(0)

0

(4)

-

Latvia

23

4

2

(0)

-

-

-

Lithuania

15

5

3

(0)

(0)

-

-

Luxembourg

1,450

1,085

765

(65)

(5)

(3)

-

Madagascar

-

87

40

(9)

0

(4)

-

Malaysia

17

1

(0)

-

0

-

-

Morocco

423

521

223

(91)

(2)

(24)

-

Mauritius

-

0

0

-

-

-

-

Mauritania

170

33

14

(3)

(0)

(2)

-

Mexico

263

74

51

(19)

(4)

(0)

-

Monaco

295

156

79

(19)

-

(0)

-

Norway

163

88

55

(0)

(12)

-

-

New Caledonia

332

71

(21)

(7)

13

(0)

-

Netherlands

1,730

(112)

(313)

(70)

101

(4)

-

Peru

31

4

2

(1)

0

-

-

Poland

831

152

69

(16)

1

(2)

-

French Polynesia

258

66

34

(16)

(2)

(1)

-

Portugal

424

81

33

(9)

(0)

(0)

-

Czech Republic

7,618

1,501

842

(125)

(2)

(32)

-

Romania

9,029

842

410

(70)

(3)

(39)

-

United Kingdom

3,287

1,700

570

(103)

(0)

(12)

-

Senegal

909

160

60

(19)

2

(4)

-

Serbia

35

13

10

(2)

0

(0)

-

Singapore

229

150

17

(1)

7

(0)

-

Slovakia

180

53

30

(10)

(2)

(0)

-

Slovenia

15

5

4

(1)

(0)

(0)

-

Sweden

322

118

53

(8)

(1)

(0)

-

Switzerland

563

230

20

(9)

1

(0)

-

Taiwan

47

25

12

(2)

2

(2)

-

Togo

33

6

0

(0)

-

-

-

Tunisia

1,342

164

63

(30)

10

(7)

-

Turkey

314

71

43

(21)

(36)

(0)

-

Ukraine

42

19

17

(3)

0

(0)

-

Total

114,324

26,788

6,730

(1,458)

(143)

(1,054)

-

*        Staff: full-time equivalent (FTE) as of closing date. Staff members of entities accounted for by the equity method and entities removed during the year are excluded.

NBI: net banking income by territorial contribution to the consolidated statement, in millions of euros, before elimination of intra-group reciprocal transactions. Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method is directly recorded in the earnings before tax, there is no contribution from them.

Earning before tax: earning before tax by territorial contribution to the consolidation statement, in millions of euros, before elimination of intra-group reciprocal transactions.

Corporate taxes: such as presented in the consolidated statement in accordance with the IFRS standards and by distinguishing the current taxes of the deferred taxes, in millions of euros.

Other taxes: other taxes include among others payroll taxes, the C3S, the contribution to the SRF, CET taxes and local taxes. The data arise from the consolidated reporting and from Management Report, in millions of euros.

Public subsidies received: non-matching or non-refundable subsidies granted by a public entity on a one-off or renewable basis to complete a clearly defined project.

  • (1)Russia, Chad and Thailand are no longer included due to the sale of LeasePlan Rus LLC, the sale of Société Générale Tchad and the wind up of Société Générale (Thailand) Limited, respectively.
  • (2)Income from the entity located in Bermuda is taxed in France.
  • (3)Income from entity located in Cayman Islands is taxed in the United States.
  • (4)The remaining entity is dormant and in the process of being dissolved.
  • (5)Most of the staff located in India is assigned to a shared services center, the re-invoicing income of which is recorded in general and administrative expenses and not in NBI.

The list of geographic locations is published in Note 8.4 of consolidated financial statements.

(1)
At comparable business model in the post Global Financial Crisis (GFC) regulatory regime.
(2)
Excluding disposed assets as per IFRS 5 application (in particular Societe Generale Equipment Finance).
(3)
Ratio calculated according to EBA methodology published on 16 July 2019.
(4)
Ratio  of S3 provisions and guarantees/colllateral on the gross book value of non-performing loans.
(5)
The share buyback scheme and the subsequent capital reduction, aim also, and in priority, at fully offsetting the dilutive impact of the future capital increase as part of the next Group Employee Share Ownership Plan, the principle of which was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 5, 2025.
(6)
Banking App #1 in France and #2 worldwide based on Sia Partners International Mobile Banking Benchmark in October 2024.
(7)
France and International (including Switzerland and the United Kingdom).
(8)
At comparable business model in the post Global Financial Crisis (GFC) regulatory regime.
(9)
At comparable business model in the post Global Financial Crisis (GFC) regulatory regime.
(10)
Including entities reported under IFRS 5, excluding entities sold in Morocco and Madagascar in December 2024.
(11)
An API is a solution that builds connections between different information systems by streamlining data exchanges. It enables simplified, standardized, and secure interoperability.
(12)
ESG: Environmental, Social and Governance criteria.
(13)
This also includes (but does not limit to) the “Technical Screening Criteria” (TSC) defined by the European Union’s taxonomy on green activities, the guidelines for the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the Green and Social Bond Principles.
(14)
Except for LCL.
(15)
For the bank SG.
(16)
Some banks, such as SG (Groupe Societe Generale), will be integrating these two functions from the initial roll-out.
(17)
KBC-CBC and Belfius have already made the Wero service available to their customers.

3Corporate
governance

3.1Board of Directors’ report on corporate governance

3.1.1Governance

Purpose

The Board of Directors discussed the Bank’s purpose in 2019 following the introduction of French Act No. 2019‑486 on 22 May 2019, referred to as the Pacte Law and defined it with the following wording  “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”. From a formal standpoint, it was decided not to include the purpose in the By‑laws. However, at its Extraordinary General Meeting of 2020, Societe Generale modified its By‑laws to specify that the Board determines the Company’s strategy and supervises its implementation in accordance with its corporate interests, taking into account the social and environmental stakes of its activity (see Chapter 5). In May 2021, the first sentence of the preamble of the Board of Directors’ internal rules was also modified to take account of this change.

Presentation of the organisation

(As of 1 January 2025)

SOC2025_URD_EN_I008_HD.png

The composition of the Board of Directors is presented on page  Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024 of the present document. The internal rules of the Board of Directors, which define the Board of Directors’ powers, are provided in this Universal Registration Document, on pages  3.3. The Board of Directors’ work is presented on pages  The Board of Directors' work.

The composition of General Management and of the Executive Committee is presented in the relevant sections of this report (see pages  3.1.3 - Presentation of General Management officers and  Group Executive Committee).

The Group’s Cross-functional and Risk Committees and the main Business Committees are indicated in section 3.1.4 on page  Main Committees.

The powers of the Board of Directors and of its various Committees, along with the report on their work, are presented on pages  The Board of Directors' work and subsequent pages, and notably cover:

In addition, the non-voting Director’s role and a report on his activities appear on p. Non-voting Director.

Organisation of the governance

On 15 January 2015, the Board of Directors decided, in accordance with Article L. 511-58 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), that the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer would be separated following the Shareholders’ Meeting of 19 May 2015. As of that date, Mr Lorenzo Bini Smaghi became Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Mr Frédéric Oudéa remained Chief Executive Officer until the General Meeting of 23 May 2023. Mr Lorenzo Bini Smaghi was reappointed Chairman of the Board of Directors, following the renewal of his term of office as a Director at the Annual General Meeting held on 17 May 2022, for a term equal to that of his term of office as a Director, i.e., until the Annual General Meeting called to approve the financial statements for the 2025 financial year.

On 23 May 2023, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Slawomir Krupa as Chief Executive Officer, following his appointment as a Director by the General Meeting of 23 May 2023.

Mr Slawomir Krupa was assisted until 1 November 2024 by two Deputy Chief Executive Officers, Mr Pierre Palmieri and Mr Philippe Aymerich: On the proposal of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors met on 30 October 2024 approved the reduction of the number of corporate officers of the General Management to two members (Mr Slawomir Krupa, Chief Executive Officer and Mr Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer) as of 1 November 2024, with Mr Philippe Aymerich’s term of office as Deputy Chief Executive Officer having thus ended on 31 October 2024.

Statement on the corporate governance regime

Societe Generale refers to the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code for listed companies (hereinafter the “AFEP-MEDEF Code”). The document is available on the https://hcge.fr website. In accordance with the “comply or explain” principle, Societe Generale states that it applies all recommendations from the AFEP-MEDEF Code, with the exception of recommendation 23.1 governing the termination of a Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract due to this exceptional length of service with the Company (24 years) and the related benefits (described on page  Suspension of the Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract and related rights)

A set of internal rules and procedures amended on 5 February 2025 (hereinafter referred to as the “internal rules and procedures”) governs the functioning of the Board of Directors and its Committees. The Company’s internal rules are in the Universal Registration Document on pages  3.3 and the Company’s By-laws appear in Chapter 7.4 “Rules” of the Universal Registration Document.

3.2Statutory Auditors’ special report on related party agreements

Annual General Meeting for the approval of the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024

This is a free translation into English of the Statutory Auditors’ special report on related party agreements issued in French and is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking readers. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

Société Générale
29, Boulevard Haussmann
75009 Paris, France

To the Shareholders,

In our capacity as Statutory Auditors of Société Générale, we hereby report to you on related party agreements.

It is our responsibility to report to shareholders, based on the information provided to us, on the main terms and conditions of agreements that have been disclosed to us or that we may have identified as part of our engagement, as well as the reasons given as to why they are beneficial for the Company, without commenting on their relevance or substance or identifying any undisclosed agreements. Under the provisions of Article R.225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), it is the responsibility of the shareholders to determine whether the agreements are appropriate and should be approved.

Where applicable, it is also our responsibility to provide shareholders with the information required by Article R.225-31 of the French Commercial Code in relation to the implementation during the year of agreements already approved by the Annual General Meeting.

We performed the procedures that we deemed necessary in accordance with professional standards applicable in France to such engagements.

Agreements to be submitted for the approval of the annual general meeting
Agreements authorised and entered into during the year

We were not informed of any agreements authorised and entered into during the year to be submitted for the approval of the Annual General Meeting pursuant to the provisions of Article L.225-38 of the French Commercial Code.

3.3Internal rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale(13)

(Amended on 5 February 2025)

This English translation is for the convenience of English-speaking readers. However, only the French text has any legal value. Consequently, the translation may not be relied upon to bring any legal claim, nor should it be used as the basis of any legal opinion. Societe Generale expressly disclaims all liability for any inaccuracy herein.

Preamble

The Board of Directors collectively represents all shareholders and acts in the corporate interest of Societe Generale (the “Company”), considering the social and environmental stakes of its activity. Each Director, regardless of the manner in which he/she was appointed, must act in the Company’s corporate interest in all circumstances.

Societe Generale applies the AFEP-MEDEF corporate governance code for listed companies.

As a credit institution listed on a regulated market, Societe Generale is subject to the provisions of the regulations, directives and other European texts applicables to the banking and financial sectors, the French Commercial Code ("code de commerce"), the French Monetary and Financial Code ("code monétaire et financier") and the recommendations or guidelines of the European Banking Authority (the “EBA”) included in national law, the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority ("Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution" – “ACPR”) and the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the “AMF”).

The purpose of these Internal Rules is to define the Board of Directors’ organisation and operating procedures and to specify the rights and duties of its members (the “Internal Rules”).

The Board of Directors ensures that Societe Generale has a solid governance system including, in particular, a clear organisation with shared responsibilities in a well-defined, transparent and consistent manner, effective procedures for the detection, management, monitoring and reporting of risks to which the Company is or could be exposed, an adequate internal control system, sound administrative and accounting procedures and compensation policies and practices enabling and promoting sound and effective risk management.

4Risk and capital adequacy

Keys figures

SOC2025_URD_EN_I065_HD.png

4.1Risk factors by category

This section identifies the main risk factors which the Group estimates could have a significant impact on its business activities, profitability, solvency or  ability to raise finance.

Societe Generale has updated its risk typology as part of its internal risk management structure. For the purposes of this section, the different  risks  have been grouped into six main categories (4.1.1 to 4.1.6), in accordance with Article 16 of the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, also known as “Prospectus 3” regulation of 14 June 2017 according to the main risk factors that the Group estimates could impact the risk categories. Risk factors are presented based on an evaluation of their materiality, with the most material risks indicated first within each category.

The diagram below groups the different risks into six categories and identifies the main impacting risk factors.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I021_HD.png

4.1.1Risks related to the GLOBAL MACROeconomic, geopolitical, market and regulatory environements

4.1.1.1The international economic, social and financial context, geopolitical tensions, as well as the market environment in which the Group operates, may adversely impact SG's business activities, financial position and performance

As a global financial institution, the Group’s activities are sensitive to changes in financial markets and economic conditions in Europe, the United States and elsewhere around the world. The Group generates 41% of its business in France (in terms of net banking income for the financial year ended 31 December 2024), 36% in Europe, 9% in the Americas and 14% in the rest of the world. The Group could face significant worsening of market and economic conditions in particular resulting from crises affecting capital or credit markets, liquidity constraints, regional or global recessions and fluctuations in commodity prices, notably oil and natural gas. Other factors could lead to such deteriorations, such as variations in currency exchange rates or interest rates, inflation or deflation, rating downgrades, restructuring or defaults of sovereign or private debt, adverse geopolitical events (including acts of terrorism and military conflicts), or cybercrime risks. The rapid development of Artificial Intelligence carries risks of fraud and of obsolescence of various technologies.

Plans to ease financial regulations in the United States and the United Kingdom could result in a loss of competitiveness in the Eurozone financial sector. In addition, a health crisis or the emergence of new pandemics similar to Covid-19 cannot be ruled out, nor can unforeseen events or natural disasters.

Such events, which can develop quickly and whose impacts may not have been sufficiently anticipated and hedged, could impact the Group’s operating environment for short or extended periods and have a material adverse impact on its financial position on the market, the cost of risk and its results.

The economic and financial environment is exposed to growing geopolitical risks. The war in Ukraine, which began in February 2022, is causing severe tensions between Russia and Western countries, potentially impacting global growth, raw materials prices, as well as the economic and financial sanctions that have been imposed on Russia by numerous countries, particularly in Europe and the United States. The war between Israel and Hamas, which began in October 2023, as well as tensions with Iran and in the Middle East in general, could have similar impacts or contribute to existing ones.

In the United States, a significant shift in economic policy is expected following the outcome of the recent presidential election, with a more protectionist stance. In France, political uncertainties and government instability due to the lack of a parliamentary majority could be a source of further financial and social tensions. In the medium term, the fragmentation of the European political landscape could undermine the coordination of policies linked to defence and energy  transition as well as the banking and capital markets union.

In Asia, relations between the US and China, China and Taiwan and between China and the European Union are fraught with geopolitical and trade tensions, the relocation and offshoring of  production sites and the risk of technological breakthroughs.

A context of raised interest rates and sluggish economic growth could have an impact on the valuation of equities, and interest rate-sensitive sectors such as real estate are adjusting, notably in Europe. The US Federal Reserve (Fed) and the European Central Bank (ECB) are expected to maintain relatively tight monetary conditions, even though they have begun a rate-cutting cycle, in line with declining inflation.

These risks and uncertainties could cause high volatility on the financial markets and a significant drop in the price of certain financial assets, potentially leading to payment defaults, with consequences that are difficult to anticipate for the Group.

Considering these uncertainties in terms of their duration and scale, these disruptions could significantly impact the activities and profitability of certain Group counterparties in 2025.

In the longer term, the energy transition to a “low-carbon economy” could adversely impact fossil energy producers, energy-intensive sectors of activity and the countries that depend on them.

Ayvens was created following the merger between ALD and LeasePlan in 2023. As a result, the automotive sector now represents an important exposure for the Group. It is currently undergoing major strategic transformations, including environmental (growing share of electric vehicles), technological, as well as competitive (arrival of Asian manufacturers in Europe on the electric vehicles market), the consequences of which could entail major risks for the Group’s financial results and the value of its assets.

The Group’s results are therefore dependant on economic, financial, political and geopolitical conditions prevailing on the main markets in which the Group operates.

4.1.1.2The Group’s failure to meet the strategic and financial targets it announced to the market could adversely impact its business activities and financial results

During its Capital Markets Day, the Group presented its strategic plan:

  • to be a rock-solid bank by streamlining  business portfolios, leveraging capital allocation and utilization, improving operational efficiency and continuing to apply its best-in-class risk management model;
  • to develop high-performance sustainable businesses: excel at what the Group does best, be a leader in ESG and foster a culture of performance and accountability.

Under its strategic plan, the Group has set the following financial targets:

  • a robust CET1 ratio of 13% in 2026 after the implementation of Basel IV;
  • average annual revenue growth of between 0% and 2% over the 2022-2026 period;
  • an improved operating efficiency, with a cost-to-income ratio lower than 60% in 2026 and ROTE of between 9% and 10% in 2026;
  • a distribution rate of 50% of reported net income(1), applicable from 2024.

In addition, the Group has announced financial targets for 2025 that are consistent with the targets for 2026:

  • a solid CET1 ratio superior to 13% throughout 2025 post Basel IV throughout 2025;
  • revenue growth of at least 3% in 2025 compared to 2024 (excluding assets sold);
  • decrease in costs above -1% vs. 2024 (excluding sold assets);
  • improved operating efficiency, with a cost-to-income ratio below 66% in 2025 and a ROTE of more than 8% in 2025;
  • a solid asset portfolio, with a controlled cost of risk of between 25 and 30 base points in 2025.

Furthermore, Societe Generale has placed Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) at the heart of its strategy in order to contribute to positive transformations in the environment and the development of local regions. In this respect, the Group made new commitments during its Capital Market Day on 18 September 2023 such as:

  • an 80% reduction in upstream Oil & Gas exposure by 2030 vs. 2019; with a 50% reduction by 2025;
  • a EUR 1 billion transition investment fund to accelerate the development of energy transition solutions and nature-based, high-impact projects that contribute to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals.

In line with this strategy, the Group is fully committed to achieving its on-going strategic milestones, notably:

  • the Group’s “Vision 2025” project involves a review of the network of branches resulting from the merger of Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale. The year 2024 saw controlled execution in terms of deployment of the new relational and operational model. The realisation of the social trajectory is also on track. However, the merger has had, among other exogenous factors, a negative impact on the sales performance of the French networks in 2024, and could continue to weaken the Group’s position with some of its clients, resulting in loss of revenue;
  • Mobility and Financial Services are leveraging the creation of Ayvens following the ALD/LeasePlan merger to be a world leader in the mobility ecosystem. However, 2024 was a transitional period, with the implementation of gradual integrations. From 2025 onwards, the new entity will make the transition to the target business model, including the implementation and stabilisation of IT and operational processes. If the integration plan is not carried out as expected or within the planned schedule, this could have adverse effects on Ayvens, particularly by generating additional costs, or by reducing the synergies expected from 2025 onwards.

The joint venture between Bernstein and AllianceBernstein in cash equity and equity research activities was finalised on 2 April 2024 and the capital impact was -6 basis points on CET1 ratio at Q2 24. This transaction is fully aligned with the strategic priorities of the Group’s Global Banking and Investor Solutions franchise.

In 2024 the Group announced a series of divestments under its strategic roadmap aimed at shaping a simplified, more synergised and efficient model, while strengthening the Group’s capital base.

The finalisation of agreements on such strategic transactions depends on several stakeholders and is hence subject to the usual conditions precedent, as well as to the approval by the relevant financial and regulatory authorities. More generally, any major difficulties encountered in implementing the main levers for executing the strategic plan, notably in simplifying business portfolios, allocating and using capital efficiently, improving operating efficiency and managing risks to the highest standards, could potentially weigh on Societe Generale’s share price.

In addition, on 5 April 2024, the Group announced a plan to restructure its head office in France in order to simplify its operations and structurally improve its operating efficiency. Consultation with employee representative bodies took place in the second quarter of 2024, and the implementation of these organizational changes has resulted in around 900 job cuts at head office without forced departures (i.e. around 5% of head office headcount). This project is fully in line with the Group’s operating efficiency objective, with expected gross savings of EUR 1.7 billion by 2026 vs. 2022.

Failure to meet these commitments, and those that the Group may make in the future, could entail legal risks and risks to its reputation. Furthermore, the rollout of these commitments may have an impact on the Group’s business model. Finally, failure to make specific commitments, particularly in the event of changes in market practices, could also generate reputation and strategic risks.

4.1.1.3The Group is subject to an enlarged regulatory framework in each country where it operates. Changes to this regulatory framework could negatively impact the Group’s businesses, financial position and costs, as well as the financial and economic environment in which it operates

The Group is governed by the laws of the jurisdictions in the countries and territories where it operates. This includes French, European and US legislation as well as other local laws and regulations that govern its cross-border activities. The application of existing laws and the implementation of future legislation require significant resources that could impact the Group’s performance. In addition, possible failure to comply with laws could lead to fines, damage to the Group’s reputation and public image, the suspension of its operations and, in extreme cases, the withdrawal of operating licences.

Among the laws and regulations that could have a significant influence on the Group:

  • several regulatory changes are still likely to significantly alter the framework for Market activities:
  • (i) the increase in transparency on the implementation of the new requirements and investor protection measures: review of MiFID II/MiFIR, whose final versions were published in the EU’s Official Journal in March 2024 and the implementation texts of which are currently being finalised, the Insurance Distribution Directive (IDD), the European Long-Term Investment Fund Regulation (ELTIF), (ii) the implementation of the fundamental review of the trading book, or FRTB planed for the first quarter of 2026, which may significantly increase requirements applicable to European banks, (iii) possible relocations of clearing activities could be requested despite the European Commission’s decision of 8 February 2022 to extend the equivalence granted to UK central counterparties until 30 June 2025, (iv) the European Commission’s proposal to amend the regulation on benchmarks (European Parliament and EU Council, Regulation (EU) No. 2016/1011, 8 June 2016) with possible changes in scope and charges and (v) the review of the Market Abuse ((EU) n°596/2014 of 16 April 2014) and Prospectus ((EU) 2017/1129 of 14 June 2017) Regulations, under the Listing Act, which came into force on 4 December 2024, it being specified that many provisions are subject to differed application (15, 18 or 24 months following entry into force), (vi) the adoption of new obligations as part of the review of the EMIR regulation (EMIR 3.0); in particular, the obligation for active account funding in a European Union central counterparty, the information requirements for clearing service providers vis-à-vis their clients, the authorization regime for initial margin models, simplification of the conditions for clearing and bilateral margining exemptions for intra-group OTC derivatives transactions, new requirements for entities subject to the reporting obligation to put in place appropriate procedures and systems to guarantee the quality of the data they report;
  • the Retail Investment Strategy (RIS) presented by the European Commission on 24 May 2023, aimed at prioritising the interests of retail investors and strengthening their confidence in the EU Capital Markets Union, including measures to regulate commission retrocessions in the case of non-advised transactions and to introduce a value-for-money test for investment products;
  • the Commission’s proposal of 28 June 2023 for a regulation on the establishment of the digital euro, accompanying the initiatives taken by the ECB in this field;
  • the signature by the Presidents of the European Parliament and European Council, on 21 May 2024, of the regulation on Artificial Intelligence (AI Act), which establishes rules on artificial intelligence systems applicable in all economic sectors, and incorporates a risk-based approach. This regulation will be fully applicable 24 months after its enactment on 1 August 2024. As an exception, six months after its entry into force, the prohibition of certain prohibited artificial intelligence systems will become applicable, and 12 months after its entry into force, the obligations for general-purpose artificial intelligence will come into force;
  • the proposed Financial Data Access Regulation (FIDA) which, in conjunction with the proposed Payment Services Directive (PSD3) and the proposed Payment Services Regulation (PSR), aims to (i) tackle the risk of fraud and improve client choice and confidence in payments, (ii) improve the functioning of the Open Banking and Open Finance sectors, (iii) increase harmonization of the implementation and execution of payments and the regulation of e-money, and (iv) improve access to payment systems and bank accounts for non-banking Payment Service Providers (PSPs);
  • the enhancement of data quality and tightening of protection requirements and extending cyber-resilience requirements following the adoption by the Council on 28 November 2022 of the European Directive and regulation package on digital operational resilience for the financial sector (DORA), applicable since 17 January 2025. Added to this is the transposition of the NIS 2 Directive (Network and Information Security Directive, published in the Official Journal of the EU on 27 December 2022), which extends the scope of application of the initial NIS Directive;
  • the implementation of European regulatory frameworks related to due diligence under the so-called “CS3D” Directive proposal (Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive, which was adopted by the Council on 24 May 2024), as well as to sustainable finance including the regulation on European green bonds, with an increase in non-financial reporting obligations, particularly under the CSRD Directive (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive), enhanced inclusion of environmental, social and governance issues in risk management activities and the inclusion of such risks in the supervisory review and assessment process (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process, or SREP);
  • new obligations arising from the Basel Committee’s proposed reform of banking regulations (the final text of Basel 3, also called Basel 4). The Regulation (EU) no. 575/2013 of 31 May 2024 (CRR3) which entered into force on 9 July 2024 and is applicable since 1 January 2025, together with the Directive (EU) 2024/1619 of 31 May 2024 (CRD6), constitute the texts implementing the reform in Europe;
  • the European Commission’s initiative, published on 18 April 2023, aimed at tightening the framework for bank crisis management and deposit insurance (CMDI). This proposal, which was adopted in April 2024 by the plenary session of the European Parliament, could lead to a wider use of the guarantee and resolution funds and thus increase the likelihood of having to bail out these funds in the future;
  • since 2023, the “Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Portfolio” (IRRBB) guidelines published by the European Banking Authority in October 2022 have applied:
    • -since 30 June 2023 for the IRRBB part,
    • -since 31 December 2023 for the “Credit Spread Risk arising from non-trading Portfolio Activities” (CSRBB) section, requiring banks to calculate and manage the impact of a change in Credit Spread on the Bank’s value and revenues,
    • -for supervisory outlier tests (SOTs), which include a measurement and monitoring of the sensitivity of the Net Interest Income in value and revenue streams, and became mandatory on a quarterly basis from 30 June 2024 – a requirement already implemented by the Group since 2023,
    • -for the production of new detailed reports on IRRBB and CSRBB risks, produced and sent to the regulator (ITS and STE) since 31 December 2023;
  • new obligations arising from European regulations adopted in June 2024 harmonising and strengthening rules on combating money laundering and the financing of terrorism within the EU, which will enter into force from July 2027, as well as creating a new European agency to combat money laundering, which will be based in Frankfurt and start operating from summer 2025;
  • the adoption of Regulation (EU) 2023/886 of 13 March 2024, making instant euro payments fully available in the EU and EEA countries, which came into force on 9 January 2025. Among other things, this regulation excludes the screening of instant transfers in euros against European sanction lists, in order to limit the number of rejections, and provides for checks to be carried out at least once every calendar day after any new financial restrictive measure comes into force.

The Group is also subject to complex tax rules in the countries where it operates. Changes in applicable tax rules, uncertainty regarding the interpretation of certain evolutions or their impacts may have a negative impact on the Group’s business, financial position and costs.

Moreover, as an international bank that handles transactions with US nationals and denominated in US dollars, or involving US financial institutions, the Group is subject to US regulations relating in particular to compliance with economic sanctions, the fight against corruption and market abuse. More generally, in the context of agreements with US and French authorities, the Group largely implemented, through a dedicated programme and a specific organisation, corrective actions to address identified deficiencies and strengthen its compliance programme. In the event of a failure to comply with relevant US regulations, or a breach of the Group’s commitments under these agreements, the Group could be exposed to the risk of (i) administrative sanctions, including fines, suspension of access to US markets, and even withdrawals of banking licences, (ii) criminal proceedings, and (iii) damage to its reputation.

4.1.1.4Fiercer competition from banking and non-banking operators could adversely impact the Group’s business lines and financial results, both on the French domestic market and internationally

Given its international reach, the Group faces intense competition in the international and local markets in which it operates, from banking or non-banking operators alike. As such, the Group is exposed to the risk of not being able to maintain or develop its market share in its various activities. This competition may also lead to pressure on margins, which would be detrimental to the profitability of the Group’s activities.

Consolidation in the financial services sector could result in competitors bolstering their capital, resources and an ability to offer a broader range of financial services. In France and in the other main markets where the Group operates, the presence of multiple domestic banking and financial operators as well as new market participants (notably neo-banks and online financial service-providers) has increased competition for virtually all products and services offered by the Group. New market participants such as “fintechs” and new services that are automated, scalable and based on new technologies (such as blockchain) are developing rapidly and are radically changing the relationship between consumers and financial services providers, as well as the function of traditional retail bank networks. Competition with these new operators may be exacerbated by the emergence of substitutes for central bank currency (crypto-currencies, digital central bank currency, etc.), which themselves carry risks.

Moreover, competition has increase following the emergence of non-banking operators that, in some cases, may benefit from a regulatory framework that is more flexible and less demanding in terms of equity capital requirements.

Faced with these challenges, the Group has implemented a strategy, notably the development of digital technologies and the creation of commercial or equity partnerships with these new operators. In this context, the Group may have to make additional investments to be able to offer new innovative services and compete with these new operators. Tougher competition could, however, adversely impact the Group’s business and results, both on the French market and internationally.

4.1.1.5The Group is subject to regulations relating to resolution procedures which could adversely impact its business activities and the value of its financial instruments in the event of resolution by authorities

Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 15 May 2014 (BRRD) establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 15 July 2014 (the Single Resolution Mechanism, or “SRM”) define, respectively, a European Union-wide framework and a Banking Union-wide framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms. The BRRD provides the authorities with a set of tools to intervene early and quickly enough in an institution considered to be failing so as to ensure the continuity of the institution’s essential financial and economic functions while reducing the impact of the failure of an institution on the economy and the financial system (including exposure of taxpayers to the consequences of the failure). Within the Banking Union, under the SRM Regulation, a centralised resolution authority is established and entrusted to the SRB and national resolution authorities.

The powers granted to the resolution authority under the BRRD and the SRM Regulations include write-down/conversion powers to ensure that capital instruments and eligible liabilities absorb the Group’s losses and recapitalise it in accordance with an established order of priority (the “Bail-in Mechanism”). Subject to certain exceptions, losses are borne first by the shareholders and then by the holders of additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments, then by the non-preferred senior debt holders and finally by the senior preferred debt holders, all in the order of their claims in a normal insolvency proceeding. The conditions for resolution provided by the French Monetary and Financial Code implementing the BRRD are deemed to be met if: (i) the resolution authority or the competent supervisory authority determines that the institution is failing or likely to fail; (ii) there is no reasonable perspective that any measure other than a resolution measure could prevent the failure within a reasonable timeframe; and (iii) a resolution measure is necessary to achieve the resolutions’ objectives (in particular, ensuring the continuity of critical functions, avoiding a significant negative impact on the financial system, protecting public funds by minimising the recourse to extraordinary public financial support, and protecting clients’ funds and assets) and the winding-up of the institution under normal insolvency proceedings would not meet these objectives to the same extent.

The resolution authority could also, independently of a resolution measure or in combination with a resolution measure, proceed with the write-down or conversion of all or part of the Group’s capital instruments (including subordinated debt instruments) into Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) instruments if it determines that the Group will no longer be viable unless it exercises this write-down or conversion power or if the Group requires extraordinary public financial support (except where the extraordinary public financial support is provided in the form defined in Article L. 613-48 III, paragraph 3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code). 

The Bail-in Mechanism could result in the write-down or conversion of capital instruments in whole or in part into ordinary shares or other ownership instruments.

In addition to the Bail-in mechanism, the BRRD provides the resolution authority with broader powers to implement other resolution measures with respect to institutions that meet the resolution requirements, which may include (without limitation) the sale of the institution’s business segments, the establishment of a bridge institution, the splitting of assets, the replacement or substitution of the institution as debtor of debt securities, changing the terms of the debt securities (including changing the maturity and/or amount of interest payable and/or the imposition of a temporary suspension of payments), the dismissal of management, the appointment of a provisional administrator and the suspension of the listing and admission to trading of financial instruments.

Before undertaking any resolution action, including the implementation of the Bail-in Mechanism, or exercising the power to write down or convert relevant capital instruments, the resolution authority must ensure that a fair, prudent and realistic valuation of the institution’s assets and liabilities is made by a third party independent of any public authority.

The application of measures under the French implementing provisions of the BRRD or any suggestion of such application to the Group could have a material adverse impact on the Group’s ability to meet its obligations under its financial instrument and, as a result, holders of these securities could lose their entire investment.

In addition, if the Group’s financial situation worsens, the existence of the Bail-in Mechanism or the exercise of write-down or conversion powers or any other resolution tool by the resolution authority (independently of or in combination with a resolution) if it determines that Societe Generale or its Group will no longer be viable could result in a more rapid decline in the value of the Group’s financial instruments than in the absence of such powers.

4.1.1.6Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risk factors, particularly those related to climate change, could impact the Group’s business activities, financial results and financial situation in the short, medium-and long-term

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks are defined as risks stemming from the current or prospective impacts of ESG factors on counterparties, invested assets of financial institutions or on its own operations. ESG risks are seen as potentially aggravating factors to the traditional categories of risks (including credit risk, counterparty risk, market risk, non-financial risks, structural risks, business and strategy risks, and other types and factors of risk). ESG risks are therefore likely to impact the Group’s activities, results and financial position in the short, medium and long-term.

The Group is consequently exposed to environmental risks, including climate change risks, through certain of its financing, investment and service activities.

The Group could be exposed to physical risk resulting from a deterioration in the credit quality of its counterparties whose activity could be negatively impacted by extreme climatic events or long-term gradual changes in climate, and through a decrease in the value of collateral received (particularly in the context of real estate financing in the absence of guarantee mechanisms provided by specialised financing companies). The Group could also be exposed to transition risk through the deterioration in the credit quality of its counterparties impacted by issues related to the process of transitioning to a low-carbon economy, linked for example to regulatory changes, technological disruptions or changes in consumer preferences.

Beyond the risks related to climate change, risks more generally related to environmental damage (such as the risk of loss of biodiversity, water resources or pollution) are also potentially aggravating factors to the Group’s risks. The Group could notably be exposed to credit risk on a portion of its portfolio, on back of lower profitability of some of its counterparties due, for example, to increasing legal and operating costs (due to the implementation of new environmental standards).

In addition, the Group is exposed to social risks, related for example to non-compliance by some of its counterparties with labour laws regarding their employees,  occupational health and safety issues, or consumer laws which may entail or exaccerbate reputational and credit risks at the Group level.

Similarly, governance related risks as implemented by the Group’s counterparties and stakeholders (suppliers, service-providers), such as an inadequate management of environmental and social issues, could generate credit and reputational risks for the Group.

Beyond the risks related to its counterparties or invested assets, the Group could also be exposed to risks related to its own activities. Hence, the Group is exposed to physical climate risk through certain of its activities in regions impacted by extreme climatic events (flooding, etc.).

The Group also remains exposed to specific social and governance risks, relating for example to the operational cost of implementation of regulations (in particular related to labour laws) and the management of its human resources.

All of these risks could potentially impact the Group’s core businesses, operating results and reputation in the short, medium and long term.

For more details on ESG risks refer to the chap 5-  CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSiBILITY section of the 2025 Universal Registration Document, in particular sections 5.1.3.2 “Description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs”, 5.3.5 “Climate Risk management”, 5.4.2 “Consumers and end-users” and 5.5.2 “Management of material risks related to business conduct”.

4.1.1.7 Country risk and changes in the regulatory, political, economic, social and financial context wthin in a given region or country could adversely impact the Group’s financial situation

Because of its international activities, the Group is exposed to the aggravating factor of country risks.

A country risk arises whenever an exposure (receivables, securities, guarantees, derivatives) is likely to be adversely impacted by changes in the country’s regulatory, political, economic, social or financial conditions.

Strictly speaking, the concept of country risk refers to political and non-transfer risk, which includes the risk of non-payment resulting either from acts or measures taken by the local public authorities (e.g. decision by the local authorities to prohibit the debtor from fulfilling its commitments, nationalisation, expropriation or non-convertibility), or from internal (riot, civil war, etc.) or external (war, terrorism, etc.) events.

More broadly, a deterioration in the ranking of a given country, in its sovereign credit rating or business activities can entail a commercial risk, with a particular deterioration in the credit quality of all counterparties in a given country as a result of an economic or financial crisis in the country, irrespective of the specific financial situation of each counterparty. This could be the result of a macroeconomic shock (sharp slowdown in activity, systemic crisis in the banking system, etc.), a currency devaluation or a sovereign default on its external debt, possibly leading to other defaults.

4.2Risk management organisation

The risk management framework is based on a three-pronged organization and comprehensive comitology, notably at the level of the Management Board and General Management, to cover all risks. It is based on the definition and monitoring of a risk appetite and the assessment of risks through the conduct of stress tests in acccordance with a defined framework and principles.

4.2.1risk management GOVERNANCE

Audited I Risk management is one of the foundations of the banking business and Societe Generale group pays particular attention to it. Societe Generale Group has a robust organisation to manage all the risks to which it is exposed. It is based on three lines of defence and on the dissemination of a risk culture at all levels, in all geographies and in all business lines.

The risk management, which is managed at the highest level, is carried out in compliance with the regulations in force, in particular the order of 3 November 2014 revised by the order of 25 February 2021 on the internal control of companies in the banking sector, payment services and investment services sector subject to the supervision of the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority (Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution – ACPR) and the finalised European Basel 3 Regulations (Capital Requirements Regulation/Capital Requirements Directive – CRR/CRD).

Risk management structure and internal controls

The Board of Directors and General Management ensure a well-defined division of labor within the Group and the definition and implementation of an effective risk management framework. The Group is organised according to a three-line model of defence, with responsibilities defined and separated in accordance with applicable regulations and guidelines as well as industry best practices.

First Line of Defence (LoD1): risk monitoring within BUSINESS lines

The business lines (the Group BUs and SUs), which are the first line of defence, take risks and are responsible for their operational management directly and permanently. The BUs and SUs are primarily responsible for risk assessment, control and supervision within their respective scopes and have appropriate processes and controls in place to ensure that risks are kept within the limits of the risk appetite and that business activities are in line with external and internal requirements.

Support Units (SU)

The Finance Department (DFIN) coordinates the Finance Management Function and is responsible for the Group’s financial management, oversight and production. DFIN also ensures that performance indicators and financial information are given a coherent overview.

The Group General Secretariat (SEGL) is tasked with, under its terms of reference, protecting the bank in order to promote its development. It assists the General Management on the subject of the Group’s governance. In addition it manages the Group’s overall security, together with the GCOO Service Unit in respect of IT systems security, of information systems and designs and implements the risk insurance policy for the entire Group and its staff. It oversees public affairs and institutional relations/advocacy initiatives within the Societe Generale group.

The Group Human Resources Division (HRCO) is responsible for defining and implementing the Group’s Human Capital policy in line with the Group’s overall strategy. HRCO is responsible for the management and supervision of Societe Generale's entire Human Resources (HR) sector. As a partner of the business lines and it is a key player in the Group’s transformation.

The Group Chief Operating Office (GCOO) manages the Group's resources, supports the digital transformation and contributes to the development of the Group's operational efficiency.

The Sustainable Development Division which reports to the General Management, assists the Deputy Chief Executive Officer in charge of the whole ESG policies and their effective translation into the business lines and functions trajectories. It supports the Group ESG transformation to make it a major competitive advantage, in the business development as well as in the ESG (Environmental & Social & Governance) risks management.

Second Lines of Defence (LoD2): the Risk Division and the Compliance Division are the Bank’s second line of defenCe
The Risk Division (RISQ): Purpose of Risk Management

The main aim of the Risk Management Department (RISQ) is to contribute to the definition of the strategy and the sustainable development of the Societe Generale Group’s activities and profitability. To this end, the Risk Management Function (i) proposes to the General Management and the Board of Directors, and with the contribution of the Finance Department, the Group's risk appetite based on its independent analysis of all existing and potential risks; (ii) is involved in all important risk management decisions through an effective challenge; (iii) defines, implements, and monitors the effectiveness of an holistic, relevant and robust risk management framework, validated by the Board of Directors, to ensure the compliance with risk appetite and to provide the General Management and the Board of Directors with an independent analysis and advice on group-wide and holistic view of all the existing and forecasted risks the Group is facing; (iv) proposes adjustment and corrective measures, if necessary.

In particular, the Risk Management Function, as an independent second line of defence, contributes to the embedment of a risk culture by reporting a holistic view of risks and how they are managed, and ensuring that Business Units and Services Units are aware of their risks and the risk appetite in which they must operate.

The Risk Division reports to the Group's Chief Executive Officer.

The Compliance Division (CPLE): Compliance Function mandate

According to EBA’s guidelines on internal governance and French regulations, the non-compliance risk is defined as being the risk of judicial, administrative or disciplinary sanctions, significant financial loss or reputational damage resulting from non-compliance with provisions specific to banking and financial sectors. Its main missions are to i) ensure that all risks of non-compliance are identified and that the Group complies with all regulatory and supervisory obligations, ii) assess the impact of regulatory and legal changes on the Group’s activities and the compliance framework, iii) advise and inform the General Management and the Board of Directors on the risks of non-compliance.

THE THIRD LINE OF DEFENCE (LoD3) is provided by the General Inspection & Audit Division (IGAD), which includes Internal Audit and General Inspection. Strictly independent from the business lines as well as permanent control, it carries out a periodic control mission.

Risk management comitology

The SG Group manages risks under a system of governance through committees that report to the Board of Directors and to General Management.

Non-executive Governance – bodies REPORTING TO the Board of Directors
  • The Board of Directors approves the policies implemented by the control functions (risk appetite, compliance policy, audit charter, audit plan, etc.). It approves the overall strategy and appetite for management of all kinds of risks and monitors their implementation. To this end, it shall approve and regularly review strategies and policies governing the taking, management, monitoring and reduction of risks to which the Group is or may be exposed. The Board is also informed through the Risk Committee on the main risks incurred by the business and significant incidents revealed by the internal control and risk management systems. It ensures the effectiveness of the corrective measures taken in the event of failures.
  • The Risk Committee (CdR) advises the Board of Directors on the overall strategy and the appetite regarding all kinds of risks, to which the bank is or is likely to be exposed, and assists the Board in monitoring the implementation of this strategy.
  • The Board of Directors’ Audit and Internal Control Committee (CACI) ensures the proper functioning of the internal risk control systems.
Executive Governance – Committee chaired by General Management (DGLE)
The Executive Committee (ExCo)

In terms of risk management, bank’s executive committee, is responsible for assisting the General Management is ensuring that the Group has an efficient risks management framework in place and for supervising and monitoring this. This committee validates the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) before submitting it to the Societe Generale Board of Directors.

Chaired by the General Management, the Committees responsible for central oversight of internal control and risk management are as follows:

  • the Group Risk Committee (Group CORISQ), approves the Group’s main cross-cutting risk management tools, in particular the Group’s risk taxonomy, risk identification, risk appetite framework (RAF) and stress testing. It is also tasked with developing risk appetite for credit, counterparty, market, operational, model, ESG(7) and Country risk factors within the group’s business lines;
  • along with the Risks Committee, the Large Exposures Committee (CGR), is an ad hoc Committee, responsible for approving the sales and marketing strategy and risk appetite with regard to the major client groups (Corporates, Insurance Companies and Asset Managers);
  • the Finance Group Committee (COFI) is responsible for Societe Generale Group’s financial strategy and for steering Societe Generale Group’s strategic financial targets;
  • the Group Assets and Liabilities Management Committee (ALCO),is responsible for the management of SG Group’s structural risks;
  • the Group Provisions Committee (COPRO), aims to present and validate the Group’s net cost of risk (impairment and provisions for credit risk) that will be record for the quarter in question;
  • the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee (GICCC) ensures the consistency and effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls, in particular in as laid down in Article 16 of the amended French Order of 3 November 2014;
  • the Responsible Commitments Committee (CORESP), deals with any subject falling within the Group’s environmental and social remits, or with any other subject having an impact on the Group’s responsibility or reputation and not already covered by an existing Executive Management Committee;
  • the Compliance Committee (COMCO), reviews the risks of non-compliance, the main issues and defines the Group’s compliance principles and ensures the annual monitoring of the quality of the Sanctions & Embargoes risk management system;
  • the Group Information Systems Committee (“ISCO”), chaired by the CEO, is responsible for SG Group’s Information System (“IS”) strategy and for steering SG Group’s strategic IS targets;
  • the Data Quality and Aggregation Strategy Committee, chaired by a Deputy Chief Executive Officer, oversees initiatives and makes decisions on the Group’s data, metrics, and reports quality.

According to the findings of last census carried out on 31 December 2024, the full-time equivalent (FTE) workforce of:

  • the Group’s Risk Department for the second line of defence represents approximately 4,176 FTEs (1,818 within the Group’s Risk Department itself and 2,358 for the rest of the Risk function);
  • the Compliance Department or the second line of defence represents approximately 2,785 FTEs;
  • the Information System Security Department totals approximately 632 FTEs.
Risk reporting

The Group’s risk measurement systems serve as the basis for the production of internal Management Reports allowing the monitoring of the Group’s main risks (credit risk, counterparty, market, operational, liquidity, structural, settlement/delivery) as well as the monitoring of compliance with the regulatory requirements.

Thus, the risk reports intended for the management bodies are guided in particular by the following principles:

  • coverage of all significant risks;
  • combination of a global and holistic view of risks and a more in-depth analysis of the different types of risk;
  • overview supplemented by focus on certain specific scopes, forward-looking elements (based in particular on the presentation of elements on the evolution of the macroeconomic context) and elements on emerging risks;
  • balance between quantitative data and qualitative comments.

For all the risk monitoring Committees listed above (at senior management or Board level), dedicated reporting is provided to ensure comprehensive monitoring of the risks covered by these Committees.

Although these reports are used at the Group level to monitor and review the Group’s risk profile in a holistic manner, further reports are provided to the Executive Board or senior management to monitor and control specific types of risk. Ad hoc reporting can also be done.

4.3Framework of internal controls

4.3.1Internal controlS

In accordance with the modified French Decree of 3 November 2014, the Group has implemented an internal control framework for SG SA and the Group’s entities included in the scope of application. The Board of Directors and the executive officers are jointly responsible for the governance of internal control. General Management establishes and presents to the Board of Directors a series of control processes and frameworks corresponding to the risk strategy approved by said Board in connection with the risk appetite. It oversees the implementation and impactiveness thereof.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee reports to the Board of Directors. It is responsible for preparing the decisions of the Board in respect of internal control supervision.

As part of their remit, the General Management and Risks Division submits reports to the Audit and Internal Control Committee on the internal control of the Group. The Committee monitors the implementation of remediation plans when it considers the risk level to be justified.

Internal control is based on a body of standards and procedures.

All SG Group activities are governed by the rules and procedures contained in documents collectively referred to  as the “Standard Guidelines” and are included in SG's Code, which:

  • set out the rules for action and conduct applicable to Group staff;
  • define the structures of the businesses and the sharing of roles and responsibilities;
  • describe the management rules and internal procedures specific to each business and activity.

The Societe Generale Code groups together the standard guidelines which, in particular:

  • define the governance of the SG Group, the structures and duties of its Business Units and Services Units, as well as the operating principles of the cross-business systems and processes (Codes of Conduct, charters, etc.);
  • lay down the operating framework of an activity and the management principles and rules applicable to products and services rendered, and also define internal procedures.

The Societe Generale Code has force of law within the Group and falls under the responsibility of the Group Corporate Secretary.

By their very nature, risks take different forms and evolve over time. They exist in all business processes and activities. They need to be managed and controlled, as part of a global, dynamic framework focused on prevention, and integrated at all levels of the organisation as part of the Bank’s day-to-day management. The internal control framework is key to this approach. Such framework is made up of all methods used to ensure that the operations carried out and the organisation and procedures implemented comply with:

  • legal and regulatory provisions;
  • professional and ethical practices;
  • internal rules and guidelines defined by the Board of Directors.

In particular, the internal control framework aims to:

  • prevent malfunctions;
  • assess the risks involved, and exercise sufficient control to ensure they are managed;
  • ensure the adequacy and impactiveness of internal processes, particularly those which help safeguard assets;
  • detect irregularities;
  • guarantee the reliability, integrity and availability of financial and management information; and
  • check the quality of information and communication systems.

The internal control framework is designed to limit risk to an acceptable level. Its implementation must therefore be managed in line with the risk appetite.

The SG Group’s internal control framework is based on the following fundamentals:

  • the completeness of the scope of controls, which concern all risk types and apply to all the Group’s entities;
  • the individual responsibility of each employee and each manager in managing the risks they take or supervise, and in overseeing the operations they handle or are responsible for;
  • the responsibility of the second line of defence services (LOD2), defined below, in light of their expertise and independence, in defining the control needs of so-called normative controls – with the support of the first line of defence services (LOD1), defined below, in their respective areas of expertise if necessary – reviewing the control results, and reporting on a consolidated risk overview;
  • the exercise of level 2 permanent control by the independent control teams, in particular through the RISQ/CTL, CPLE/CTL, DFIN/CTL Departments;
  • the proportionality of controls to the magnitude of the risks involved;
  • the independence of internal audit and the independence of the second line of defence vis-à-vis the core businesses.

The three lines of defense model is the model advocated by the Basel Committee and the EBA for assigning responsibilities for internal control and risk management framework within a financial institution. This model is broken down at Societe Generale as follows:

  • the “Internal audit”, represented by the General Inspection and the Audit (IGAD), is the third line of defense;
  • the second line of defense is composed by the compliance function and the risk management function;
  • the first line of defense is made up of the other BUs and SUs.
SOC2025_URD_EN_I007_HD.png
Permanent controls
First-level permanent controlS

The level 1 permanent controls, carried out in the context of operations within the BUs and the SUs, ensure the security and quality of trades and operations. These controls are defined as a set of provisions constantly implemented to ensure, at the operational level, the regularity, validity, and security of the operations carried out.

The level 1 of permanent controls consists of:

  • any combination of actions and/or frameworks that may limit the probability of a risk occurring or reduce its consequences for the Company: these include controls carried out on a regular and permanent basis by businesses or by automated systems during trades processing, automated or non-automated security rules and controls that are part of the transaction processing, or controls included in operational procedures. Organisational frameworks (e.g., separation of functions) or governance, training actions, when they directly contribute to controlling certain risks, also fall into this category;
  • controls carried out by managers: line managers control the correct functioning of the frameworks under their responsibility. As such, they are obliged to apply formal procedures on a regular basis to ensure that employees comply with rules and procedures and that Level 1 controls are carried out impactively.

In order to coordinate the operational risk management and the level 1 permanent control framework, the BU/SU deploy a specific department so-called CORO for Controls & Operational Risks Office function (Operational Risks Controls and Management Department).

Second-level permanent controlS

The level 2 permanent controls are designed to  ensure that the Level 1 controls are effective:

  • the defined scope includes all permanent Level 1 controls, including managerial supervision controls and controls carried out by dedicated teams;
  • this review and these verifications aim to give an opinion on (i) the impactiveness of Level 1 controls, (ii) the quality of their implementation, (iii) their relevance (including, in terms of risk prevention), (iv) the definition of their modus operandi, (v) the relevance of remediation plans implemented following the detection of anomalies, and the quality of their follow-up, and thus contribute to the evaluation of the impactiveness of Level 1 controls.

The Level 2 permanent control is carried out by teams independent from the operationals.

These controls are performed centrally by dedicated teams within Risk Service Unit (RISQ/CTL), Compliance Service Unit (CPLE/CTL) and Finance Service Unit (DFIN/CTL) and locally by the second-level control teams within the BU/SUs or entities.

Regular Controls

The internal audit function is performed by the General Inspection and Internal Audit Service Unit (“IGAD”) under the responsibility of the Group’s General Inspector.

The SG Group’s internal audit function constitutes the third line of defense and provides assurance over the impactiveness of the systems of internal control It is strictly independent of the core businesses, Support Units and other internal control functions.

The internal audit function performed by IGAD, defined in accordance with IIA (Institute of Internal Auditors) standards has the role to provide independent, objective, reliable and timely assurance to the Audit and Internal Control Committee, SG Group Management, and, where applicable, external auditors and regulators over the impactiveness of controls, risk management, and governance activities to mitigate risk and enhance the control culture within the Group.

IGAD’s scope of operations includes Societe Generale SA and all Group entities excluding entities where the Group holds a minority interest, irrespective of level of influence of SG Management over entity activities and decisions except where such a participation is likely to have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile. All Group activities, operations and processes without exception may be the subject of a mission led by IGAD.

Outsourced activities also fall within the scope of the internal audit function, according to the appropriate provisions of the contract between the Group or one of its legal entities and the external provider of the outsourced activities.

The Group’s General Inspector reports directly to the Group’s Chief Executive Officer.

He meets regularly with the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors provide that the General Inspector shall report to the Board of Directors on his mission on the basis of presentations made beforehand to the Audit and Internal Control Committee. He presents the audit and inspection plans approved by the Group’s Chief Executive Officer for validation to the Board of Directors, after review by the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

The General Inspector is a permanent member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee, to which he regularly presents a summary of the activity of IGAD as well as the review of the follow-up of the implementation of the recommendations issued by both the Audit and the General Inspection and the supervisors. The General Inspector is also a permanent member of the Risk Committee. He may be heard on any subject by these Committees at their request or on its initiative.

Finally, pursuant to the Board of Directors’ internal rules, the General Inspector may, if necessary, in the event of an actual or potential deterioration of risks, report to the Board of Directors, directly or through the Audit and Internal Control Committee, without referring to the Executive Managers.

In order to achieve its objectives, the General Inspection and Internal Audit Service Unit is provided with appropriate resources, proportionate to the challenges, both in terms of quality and quantity. In total, it comprises around 875 employees based at the Group’s head office, subsidiaries or branches (France and abroad).

The IGAD Service Unit is a hierarchically integrated unit. The General Inspection Department, based at headquarters, operates throughout the Group. The Internal Audit Departments are each responsible for a defined scope of activities or risks. Whether located at headquarters or within entities (branches or subsidiaries), the audit teams are all attached to the IGAD Service Unit. Thanks to a matrix organisation, the main cross-cutting topics at Group level are covered.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit Departments carry out their work from missions. In addition to the missions listed in its tour plan, the General Inspection may be asked to carry out specific studies or contribute to “due diligence” reviews in the event of the acquisition or disposal of entities or activities by the Group. This work is governed by procedures ensuring that the Inspection Department cannot subsequently find itself in a conflict-of-interest situation.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit Departments draw up their respective audit plans based on a risk-based approach. Internal Audit combines this approach with the requirement to comply with a five-year audit cycle and determines the frequency of its interventions according to the level of risk of the scopes to be audited. While the General Inspection Department is not required to comply with an audit cycle, its work is considered for the compliance with the audit cycle.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit Departments are also involved in monitoring the implementation of supervisors’ recommendations as part of their independent positioning within the Group.

As required by international standards governing  internal controls and audits, IGAD is subject to independent external certification by IFACI (French Institute of Audit and Internal Control).

Coordination of internal controls

RISQ/NFR is tasked with permanent control framework and internal control coordination and contributes to the Risk Management Framework (RMF) of the Group. In such respect, it liaises with the Service Units in charge of second-level permanent control (DFIN, RISQ, CPLE), the Heads of first-level permanent control within the Business Units and Service Units, and the General Inspection & Audit Service Unit (IGAD) at all times.

The Group ICCC, Pillar ICCCs and BU/SU ICCCs work with each other to form the internal control coordination framework at Societe Generale.

The BU ICCCs and PICCCs form an integrated framework in which the first, besides their role as the oversight bodies for internal control at BU/SUs and subsidiary, contribute to the efficiency of annual PICCC reviews by leaving the PICCC free to prioritise issues requiring special attention. The BU ICCC will have to be positioned approximately six months later than the date of the PICCC so as to ensure that the BU has two major periods of review of the Permanent Control system and Internal Control Coordination per year.

BU ICCCs are the basic vehicles through which the Heads of BU/SU and subsidiary carry out their permanent control duties. In this context the dossiers are archived in full and the whole scope is documented.

The PICCC, for its part, takes a double approach: supervision of the correct exercise of control by the responsible services and in-depth consideration of special watchpoints.

4.4Capital management and adequacy

4.4.1regulatory framework

Audited I Since January 2014, Societe Generale has been applied the new Basel III regulations implemented in the European Union under the terms of the relevant CRR Regulation and CRD Directive.

The general framework defined by Basel III is structured around three pillars:

  • Pillar 1 sets the minimum solvency, leverage and liquidity requirements and defines the rules that banks must use to measure risks and calculate the related capital requirements, according to standard or more advanced methods;
  • Pillar 2 concerns the discretionary supervision implemented by the competent supervisory authority, which allows it – through constant dialogue with the credit institutions it supervises – to assess the capital adequacy calculated in accordance with Pillar 1 and to calibrate additional capital requirements taking into account all the risks faced by these institutions;
  • Pillar 3 promotes market discipline by developing a set of reporting requirements, both quantitative and qualitative, that enable market participants to better assess the capital, risk exposure, risk assessment procedures and hence the capital adequacy of a given institution.

Several amendments to European regulatory standards were adopted in May 2019 (CRR2/CRD5). The majority of the provisions came into impact in June 2021.

These amendments manly concern:

  • Leverage ratio: the minimum requirement of 3% to which is added since January 2023, 50% of the buffer required as a systemic institution;
  • Derivatives counterparty risk  (SA-CCR (2)): the “SA-CCR” method is the Basel method replacing the old CEM (3) method for determining the prudential exposure to derivatives in the standardised approach;
  • Large Exposure: the main change is the calculation of the regulatory limit (25%) on Tier 1 capital (instead of total capital), as well as the introduction of a specific cross-limit on systemic institutions (15%).

TLAC: the ratio requirement for G-SIBs is introduced in CRR. In accordance with to the Basel text, G-SIBs must comply with an amount of capital and eligible debts equal to the highest between 18% + risk-weighted assets buffers and 6.75% leverage from 2022.

In December 2017, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Banking Supervision (GHOS), which oversees the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, approved regulatory reforms to complement Basel III.

The transposition into European law of the finalisation of Basel III in the CRR3 and CRD6 texts was completed through publication in the EU Official Journal in June 2024. The new rules will be applicable mainly from 1 January 2025.

One of the main novelties is the introduction of a global output floor: the Group’s Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA) will be subject to a floor corresponding to a percentage of the standard method (credit, market and operational). The output floor level will gradually increase from 50% in 2025 to 72.5% in 2030.

Regarding FRTB, for the Standard Approach (SA-Standard Approach), the reporting has been effective since the third quarter of 2021. The full implementation of FRTB, including the rules on the boundary between the banking and trading book, should be aligned with the entry into force of CRR3. Nevertheless, the European legislators reserve the right to postpone this application (up to 2 years) depending on how it is applied in other jurisdictions (in particular in the US). 

4.5Credit risk

Audited I Credit risks denote potential financial losses arising from the inability of the Group’s clients, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments.

Credit risks may be exaccerbated by individual, country or sector concentration risks. These risks include:

  • debtor risks;
  • underwriting risks. 

4.5.1General principles and governance

4.5.1.1General principles

Audited I Business Units and entities translate the principles laid out in this section as necessary into credit policies, which must comply with all the following rules:

  • the credit policy that defines lending criteria and, usually, limits on risk-taking by sector, type of loan, country/geographic area or by customer/customer segment. These rules are defined in particular by the CORISQ and Credit Risk Committees (CRCs) and drawn up in consultation with the Business Units concerned;
  • the credit policy is in line with the Group's risk management strategy in accordance with its risk appetite validated by the Board of Directors;
  • credit policies are based on the principle that any commitment involving credit risks depends on: 
    • -in-depth knowledge of the customer and its business,
    • -an understanding of the purpose and nature of the transaction structure as well as sources of income that will generate fund repayment, 
    • -the adequacy of the transaction structure, in order to minimise the risk of loss in the event of counterparty default, 
    • -the analysis and the validation of the files, involving respectively and independently the responsibility of the Primary Customer Responsibility Unit (PCRU-SSC) and the dedicated risk units within the risk management function. In order to ensure a consistent approach in the Group’s risk- taking, this PCRU-SSC and/or risk unit reviews all applications for authorisation relating to a given customer or category of customers (except in the case of credit delegations granted by the PCRU- SSC and RISQ to certain Societe Generale entities), the monitoring being conducted on a consolidated customer basis for all these authorisations. The PCRU-SSC and risk unit must operate independently of each other,
    • -the allocation of a rating or a score, which is a key criterion of the granting policy on the non-retail perimeter. These ratings are validated by the dedicated risk unit. Particular attention is paid to the regular review of these ratings. On retail perimeter, cf infra “Specificities of retail portfolios”,
    • -on the non-retail perimeter, a delegation of authority regime, mainly based on the internal rating of counterparties, provides decision-making authority on the risk units on one hand and the PCRU- SSC on the other,
    • -proactive management and monitoring of counterparties whose situation has deteriorated to contain the risk of loss given a default of a counterparty.
Risk Appetite Statement

Credit risk is framed through a set of limits that reflect the Group’s risk appetite.

The appetite for credit risk is tracked through credit principles, policies and limits alongside pricing policies, at the group, business unit and business line level:

  • the projected level of the net cost of risk in the bank’s budget and in the strategic and financial plans over a minimum three-year horizon, based on the central and stressed scenarios. In this regard, special attention is paid to concentration risk and the Societe Generale Group regularly assesses portfolio risk in stress scenarios;
  • an acceptable level of coverage of credit loss risk per interest margin product, through pricing policies that are differentiated in relation to the degree of risk. 
4.5.1.2System of governance

The main aim of the Risk Department is to draw up the document formalising and defining with the Finance Department the Group’s risk appetite, a mechanism aimed at defining the acceptable level of risk given the Group’s strategic objectives.

The Risk Department is responsible for implementing the system to manage and monitor risks, including cross-Group risks. The Risk Department exercises hierarchical and functional oversight of the Risk management function in charge of Group credit risk giving it a comprehensive view of all the Group’s credit risks.

The Risk Department helps define risk policies in light of each core business targets and the associated risk issues. It defines or approves the methods and procedures used to analyse, measure, approve and monitor risks and the risk IT system and makes sure these are appropriate to the core businesses’ needs. As second line of defence, various Risk Departments (for Retail Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking and Market activities) are also in charge of credit risk and as such responsible for the independent control as second line of defence. These consist in independently reviewing and comparing any credit application that exceeds the authority delegated to core businesses or local Risk Department teams. The Risk Department also assesses the quality of first-level credit reviews and takes any remedial action necessary.

Finally, as part of its responsibilities as a second line of defence, the Risk Department carries out permanent controls of credit risks. As such, the Risk Department provides independent control as a second line of defence on the detection and monitoring of the overshoot resolution.

The monthly Risk Monitoring Report presented to CORISQ by the Risk Department comments among others on the evolution of the Group’s credit portfolio and ensures compliance with the guidelines. Changes in the credit portfolio, changes in credit policy validated by CORISQ and respect for the Group’s risk appetite are presented at least quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Audited I As part of the quarterly reporting to the Board of Directors and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, an overview of the main credit risk metrics supplemented by details on thresholds and limits where applicable is presented. The following metrics are in particular the subject of a presentation with a quarterly history: net cost of risk, NPL rate (non-performing loans), coverage rate, average credit quality of portfolios, corporate outstanding placed under surveillance (watchlist), supervision of corporate exposures by sector of activity, Grands Risques Réglementaires (major regulatory risk exposures), etc.

A monthly report to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors also provides additional information that involves an overview of the exposure down to a Business Unit/Entity level or more granular level of financing activities. A summary of the CORISQ by theme is also presented, providing recurring details on retail and non-retail perimeters and activities, and on sectoral limits and country risks.

As part of the monthly CORISQ report to the General Management, a summary of the main credit files is presented. Thematic presentations also provide recurring clarifications on certain perimeters and activities. : personal real estate loans, consumer credit, non-retail credit risk, sector limits, country risks, major regulatory risks (Grands Risques Réglementaires), etc.

4.5.1.3Features of individual and professional portfolios (Retail)

Audited I Individual and professional portfolios (retail portfolios) have specific features in terms of risk management. This management is based in particular on a statistical approach and on the use of tools and methods in the industrialisation of processes.

A) Statistical approach

The retail portfolio is made up of a sum of exposures of low unit amounts, validated in a partially automated manner, which cumulatively constitute significant outstanding at Group level and therefore a high level of risk.

Given the high number and standardisation of retail clients commitments, there is a need for aggregated monitoring at all levels of the Risk function in charge of credit risk. This mass monitoring of retail customer exposure is based on the use of a statistical risk approach and monitoring by homogeneous risk class or according to other relevant axes (economic sectors for the Professionals for instance).

Under these circumstances, the risk monitoring system for the retail portfolio cannot be totally similar to that dedicated to corporates, both in terms of procedures and tools.

For instance, any change in marketing policy (shortening probationary period on loyalty, delegation of lending decisions to brokers, increase in margin rates, etc.) can have a rapid and massive impact and must therefore be monitored in a system that allows all actors (i) to identify as soon as possible where any deterioration in exposures is coming from and (ii) to take remedial action.

Although IFRS 9 standard authorises a collective approach and the Group has a statistical approach on retail customers for the evaluation of the expected loss, the increase in credit risk for the purposes of the staging is identified on an individual basis for this clientele. The available parameters (operation of accounts and late payments) generally allow for the assessment of the significant increase in credit risk at the level of individual exposure. The collective approach is currently used only in a very small number of instances in the Group.
 

B) Importance of tools and methods in the industrialisation of processes

The Risk management function must also support Business Units and subsidiary managers in managing their risks with a view to assessing:

  • the effectiveness of credit policies;
  • the quality of the portfolio and its development over the entire life of exposures (from granting to recovery).

Risk Department structures its supervision around the following four processes:

  • Granting: this decision-making process is mainly automated depending on the nature and complexity of the transactions, and hence the associated risk;
  • Monitoring: different entities use different systems for granting and managing retail risks systems (scoring, expert systems, rules, etc.) and an appropriate monitoring system must be in place for each to assess the appropriateness of the grant rules applied (notably via monitoring);
  • Recovery: recovery is an essential step in the life cycle of Retail portfolio credits and makes a decisive contribution to our control of cost of risk. Regardless of the organisation adopted (outsourcing, in-house collection, etc.), the establishment of an effective collection process in place is an essential element of good risk management. It makes a decisive contribution to controlling the cost of risk and limiting the level of our non-performing loans. In case of outsourced debt collection, it must comply with the Group’s regulations governing outsourcing;
  • Provisioning: impairment and provisions against the retail portfolio are mostly evaluated in a statistical way. They are calculated according to the methodologies and governance methods defined and validated by the Risk Department. 
4.5.1.4Monitoring of individual concentration risks

Societe Generale complies with regulations governing large exposures (large regulatory risk exposure limit at 25% of eligible own funds). In addition, the Group has set a more restrictive internal limit of 10% of consolidated equity for exposures on a client group. Since 1st of August 2023, the French High Council for Financial Stability (HCSF) has imposed a supplementary capital requirement (buffer for the systemic sectorial risk) if the Group’s exposure toward highly indebted non-financial French companies exceeds a limit of 5% of its Tier 1 funds.

Internal systems are implemented to identify and manage the risks of individual concentrations, notably at credit origination. For example, concentration thresholds, based upon the internal rating of counterparties, rating of counterparties, are validated by a dedicated Credit Risk Committee. The governance for validating limits on Clients Groups falling under individual concentration monitoring is defined by reference to these thresholds. Exposures to groups of clients which are considered material are reviewed by the Large Exposure Committee (“CGR”), chaired by the General Management or by the Head of the Risk department, depending on the rating category (Investment Grade or not). 

As part of the identification of its risks, the Group also carries out loss simulations by type of customer on significant individual exposures.

The Group uses credit derivatives and insurances to reduce some exposures considered to be overly significant. Furthermore, the Group systematically seeks to share the risk with other banking partners, at origination or through secondary sales, to avoid keeping a too large share in the banking pool, notably for large transactions.

4.5.1.5Monitoring country risks

Global country risk limits and/or exposure monitoring are established on the basis of internal ratings and country governance indices (the highest rated countries are not monitored by limits).

The country limits are validated annually by the General Management. They can be revised downwards by the Risk Management Division at any time depending on the deterioration or anticipation of the deterioration of a country’s situation.

The procedure for placing a country under alert can be triggered by the Risk Management Division at any time in the event of a deterioration in the country risk or in anticipation of such a deterioration. In this case, any proposed operation generating risk in this country is systematically subject to prior approval from the Risk Management Division, and any risk delegation is suspended.

4.5.1.6Sector monitoring

The Group regularly reviews its global credit portfolio through periodic or ad hoc studies by economic sectors. Whenever appropriate, the Group frames this exposure through portfolio limits and/or specific credit-granting criteria. The limits are monitored either at General Management level in a dedicated CORISQ, at Risk Division level (Credit Risk Committees, or CRC) or at Business Unit management level, depending on the materiality and risk profile of each portfolio.

In particular, the following credit portfolios are monitored by some Group CORISQ:

  • the Individual and Professional clients in metropolitan France;
  • the oil and gas sectors;
  • the commercial Real Estate sector;
  • the leveraged finance;
  • the automotive value chain;
  • Commodity traders;
  • financial sponsors;
  • securitization.

Some sectors/segments (such as aircraft, shipping, banks, private insurers…) not reviewed by a CORISQ are periodically reviewed in a CRC.

Finally, syndication risks are supervised by a CORISQ and subsequently by a dedicated monthly committee.

4.5.1.7Credit stress tests

To capture, monitor and manage the credit risks, the Risk Department performs, with the collaboration of the business lines, some specific stress tests which may relate to a country, a subsidiary or a business. These exercises are based on, on the one hand, some recurring stress tests, related to some portfolios related to some risks, and, on the other hand, some ad hoc stress tests, designed to capture and quantify some specific or emerging risks. With regards to the sectors followed by a CORISQ, these stress tests results are presented to the CORISQ and are used to frame these businesses/activities.

4.5.1.8ESG risk factors impacting credit risks

For the Group, ESG risk factors do not constitute a new risk category but represent an aggravating factor of credit risk. Their integration is based on the governance and existing framework and follows a classical approach: Identification, Quantification, Definition of the risk appetite, monitoring, reporting, Control and Mitigation of the risk.

ESG risk management is presented in Chapter 5 “Sustainability statements” of this document., in the State of Sustainability relating to the application of the European CSRD (Corporate Sustainable Reporting Directive).

The elements relating to ESG risk factors are presented in Chapter 5 of this document, in the Sustainability Statement relating to the application of the European CSRD (Corporate Sustainable Reporting Directive). In particular, the elements relating to credit risks are presented in sections  5.1.3 / Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) 5.3.5 / Climate Risk Management 5.4.2 / Consumers and end-users 5.5.2 / Management of Material risks related to business conduct.

4.6Counterparty credit risk

Audited I The Counterparty Credit Risk (CCR) is the risk that a counterparty to which Societe Generale Group has market transactions (derivative and/or repo) related exposures(9) defaults or that the credit quality deteriorates.

CCR is therefore a multidimensional risk, crossing credit and market risks, in the sense that the future value of the exposure to a counterparty and its credit quality are uncertain and variable over time (credit component), both being affected by changes in market parameters (market component).

CCR can be broken down into:

  • Default risk: this is the replacement risk to which Societe Generale Group is exposed if a counterparty fails to meet its payment obligations. In this case, the Group must replace the transaction following the default of the counterparty. Potentially, this must be done in stressed market conditions, with reduced liquidity and sometimes even facing Wrong-Way Risk (WWR);
  • Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk: this is the variability of the counterparty risk value adjustment, which is the market value of the CCR for derivatives and repos, i.e. an adjustment made to the transaction price to take account of the credit quality of the counterparty. It is measured as the difference between the price of a contract with a risk-free counterparty and the price of the same contract taking into account the default risk of the counterparty;
  • Risk on clearing activities with Central Counterparties (CCP): this relates to the potential default of another clearing member of the central clearing house, which could result in losses for the Group on its contribution to the default fund.

Settlement-delivery risk(10) is the risk of non-payment of amounts due by a counterparty or the risk of non-delivery of currencies, securities, commodities or other products by a counterparty in the context of the settlement of a market transaction whose payment type is FOP (Free of Payment, which implies that payment and delivery are two distinct flows that should be considered independently of each other). It also includes execution risk, which corresponds to the replacement risk on purchase/sale transactions of securities with a maturity of less than or equal to 5 business days with a delivery versus payment (DVP) settlement, which refers to a simultaneous(11) exchange between payments and deliveries.

4.6.1General principles and governance

4.6.1.1Main principles

Audited I Counterparty credit risk is framed through a set of limits that reflect the Group’s appetite for risk.

The business development strategy of the Group for market activities is primarily focused on meeting clients’ needs, with a comprehensive range of products and solutions. The counterparty risk resulting from these market activities is strictly managed through a set of limits, in particular stress tests. The Market Risk Department is responsible for the assessment and validation of the limit requests submitted by the different business lines. These limits ensure that the Group complies with the counterparty risk appetite approved by the Board of Directors.

The choice and calibration of these limits ensure the operational transposition of the Group’s counterparty risk appetite through its organisation:

  • these limits are allocated at various levels of the Group’s structure and/or at the counterparties’ level;
  • their calibration is determined using a detailed analysis of the risks related to the supervised portfolio. This analysis may include various elements such as market conditions, specifically liquidity, position maneuverability, credit quality of the counterparty, risk/rewards analysis, ESG criteria, etc.
  • regular reviews make it possible to manage risks according to the prevailing market conditions and the counterparties’ credit quality;
  • specific limits, or even bans, may be put in place to manage risks for which the Group has limited or no risk appetite.

For its counterparty risk management, the Group uses valuation models as well as models for the calculation of economic or regulatory metrics. The Group implements an appropriate policy for managing the risks inherent in the use of these models.

Societe Generale calculates a stress-testing measure of its counterparty risk to take into account exceptional market disturbances. Counterparty stress tests are a fundamental aspect of risk management. They help design the forward-looking approach needed for strategic and financial planning. The objective of stress tests is to identify and quantify, at the end of the annual risk identification process, all the significant risks to which the Group is exposed and to guide the strategic decisions of the DGLE.

The entire risk control framework is based on standardised measures of counterparty risk, adapted to each type of risk and enabling an assessment to be made at the level of each counterparty, or at an aggregate portfolio level.

4.6.1.2Governance

Counterparty credit risk management mainly relies on dedicated first and second lines of defence as described below: 

  • the first lines of defence (LoD1) notably include the business lines that are subject to counterparty credit risk, the Primary Client Responsibility Unit that is in charge of handling the overall relationship with the client and the group to which it belongs, dedicated teams within Global Banking & Advisory and Global Markets Business Units responsible for monitoring and managing the risks within their respective scope of activities;
  • the Risk Department acts as a second line of defence (LoD2) through the setup of a counterparty credit risk control system, which is based on standardised risk measures, to ensure the permanent and independent monitoring of counterparty credit risks.

The fundamental principles of limit granting policy are:

  • dedicated LoD1 and LoD2 must be independent of each other;
  • the Risk Department has a division dedicated to counterparty credit risk management in order to monitor and analyse the overall risks of counterparties whilst taking into account the specificities of counterparties;
  • a system of delegated authorities, mainly based on the internal rating of counterparties, confers decision-making powers to LoD1 and LoD2;
  • the limits and internal ratings defined for each counterparty are proposed by LoD1 and validated by the dedicated LoD2(12) (7). The limits may be set individually, at the counterparty level, or globally through framing a (sub)set of counterparties (for example: supervision of stress test exposures).

These limits are subject to annual or ad hoc reviews depending on the needs and changing in market conditions.

A dedicated team within the Risk Department is in charge of production, reporting and controls on risk metrics, namely:

  • ensuring the completeness and reliability of the risk calculation by taking into account all the transactions booked by the transaction processing department;
  • producing daily certification and risk indicator analysis reports;
  • controlling compliance with defined limits, at the frequency of metrics calculation, most often on a daily basis: breaches of limits are reported to Front Office and dedicated LoD2 for remediation actions. 

In addition, a specific monitoring and approval process is implemented for the most sensitive counterparties or the most complex categories of financial instruments.

While not a substitute for CORISQ or for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (see the section on Risk management governance), the Counterparty Credit Risk Committee (CCRC) closely monitors counterparty credit risk through:

  • a global overview on exposure and counterparty credit risk metrics such as the global stress tests, the Potential Future Exposure (PFE), etc., as well as focuses on specific activities such as collateralised financing, or agency business;
  • dedicated analysis on one or more risks or customer categories or frameworks or in case of identification of emerging risk areas.

This Committee, chaired by the Risk Department on a monthly basis, brings together representatives from the Global Banking and Investment Solutions (GBIS), from the Market Activities and the Global Banking and Advisory Business Units, but also departments that, within the risk management function, are in charge of monitoring counterparty credit risks on market transactions and credit risk. The CCRC also provides an opinion on the changes to the risk frameworks within its authority. The CRCC also identifies key CCR topics that need to be escalated to the management. 

4.6.1.3Replacement risk

The Group frames the replacement risk by limits that are defined by credit analysts and validated by LoD2 based on the Group’s risk appetite.

The limits are defined at the level of each counterparty and then aggregated at the level of each client group, each category of counterparties and finally consolidated at the entire Societe Generale Group portfolio level.

The limits used for managing counterparty credit risk are:

  • consolidated across all products types authorised with the counterparty;
  • established by maturity buckets to control future exposure using the Potential Future Exposure (PFE) measure also known as CVaR within Societe Generale;
  • calibrated according to the credit quality and the nature of the counterparty, the nature/maturity of the financial instruments contemplated (FX transactions, repos transactions, security lending transactions, derivatives, etc.), and the economic understanding, the contractual legal framework agreed and any other risk mitigants.

The Group also considers other measures to monitor replacement risk, notably:

  • a multifactor stress test on all counterparties, which allows to holistically quantify the potential loss on market activities following market movements which could trigger a wave of defaults on these counterparties;
  • a set of single-factor stress tests to monitor the general wrong-way risk (see section 4.6.3.3 on Wrong Way Risk).
4.6.1.4CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) risk

Audited I In addition to the replacement risk, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the value of the Group’s derivatives and repos portfolio in order to take into account the credit quality of the counterparties facing the Group (see dedicated section).

Positions taken to hedge the volatility of the CVA (credit, interest rate or equity instruments) are monitored through:

  • sensitivity limits;
  • stress test limits: scenarios representative of the market risks impacting the CVA (credit spreads, interest rates, exchange rates and equity) are applied to carry out the stress test on CVA.

The different indicators and the stress tests are monitored on the net amount (the sum of the CVA exposure and of their hedges). ▲

4.6.1.5Risk on central counterparties

Audited I Clearing of transactions is a common practice for Societe Generale  as part of its market activities (listed and OTC derivatives, repo transactions, securities purchases), on its own behalf and on behalf of its clients.

As a member of the clearing houses with which it operates, the Group contributes to their risk management framework through deposits into the defaults funds, in addition to margin calls.

The counterparty credit risk stemming from the clearing of derivatives and repos with central counterparties (CCP) is subject to a specific framework on:

  • initial margins;
  • the Group’s contributions to the CCP default funds (guarantee deposits);
  • a stress test limit defined to frame the potential loss from a CCP member defaulting. 

See table “EAD and RWA on central counterparties” of section 4.6.3.4 “Quantitative Information” for more information.

4.6.1.6Settlement-delivery risk

Audited I Governance and principles for RDL management are the same as for those governing CCR. 

4.7Market risk

Audited I Market risk is the risk of loss of value on financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters, and the correlations between these. These parameters include, but are not limited to, exchange rates, interest rates, the price of securities (equities or bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets.

4.7.1General principles and system of governance

Main functions

Audited I While the primary responsibility for risk management lies with those responsible for the activities of the trading rooms (front office), the supervisory system is based on an independent department within the Risk Department.

In this context, the main missions of this department are:

  • the definition and proposal of the Group's market risk appetite;
  • the proposal to the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ) of market limits for each of the Group's activities;
  • the assessment of all the requests for limits made by the various activities, within the framework of the global authorisations granted by the Board of Directors and the General Management and their level of use;
  • the permanent verification of the existence of an effective market risk monitoring framework for the activity by appropriate limits;
  • the coordination of the review by the Risk department of the strategic initiatives of the Market Risk departement;
  • the definition of the indicators used to monitor market risk;
  • the daily calculation and certification of risk indicators and the P&L resulting from the Group's market activities, based on formal and secure procedures, as well as the reporting and analysis of these indicators;
  • the daily monitoring of compliance with the limits notified to each activity;
  • the risks assessment of new products or new market activities.

In order to carry out these various missions, the Risk department in charge of monitoring market operations defines the architecture principles and functionalities of the information system for the production of risk indicators and P&L on market operations and ensures that these principles and functionalities are properly adapted to business needs. 

This department contributes to the detection of possible rogue trading operations through a monitoring mechanism based on alert levels (on gross nominal value of positions for example) applied to all instruments and desks.

Governance

Audited I Market risks oversight is provided by various Committees at different levels of the Group:

  • The Risk Committee of the Board of Directors(16) is informed of the Group’s major market risks; in addition, it issues a recommendation on the most substantial proposed changes in terms of market risk measurement and framework (after prior approval by the CORISQ); this recommendation is then referred to the Board of Directors for a decision.
  • The Group Risk Committee(17) (CORISQ), chaired by the Chief Executive Officer of the Group (DGLE), is regularly informed of Group-level market risks. Moreover, upon a proposal from the Risk Department, it validates the main choices with regard to market risk measurement, as well as the key developments on the architecture and implementation of the market risk framework at Group level. The global market risk limits with the DGLE delegation level or above are reviewed in CORISQ at least once a year.
  • The market risks of the Group are reviewed during the Market Risk Committee(18) (MRC) led by the Market Risk Department, chaired by the Risk Department and attended by the Head of the Global Banking and Investor Solutions Division and the Head of the Global Markets Division. This Committee provides information on risk levels for the main risk indicators as well as for some specific activities pointed out depending on market or business driven events. It also provides an opinion on the market risk framework changes falling under the remit of the Risk Department. In this context, a systematic review of all the limits with a Head of the Risk Division level is organised at least once a year.
  • During these Committees, several metrics for monitoring market risks are reported:
    • -stress test measurements: Global Stress Test on market activities and Market Stress Test,
    • -regulatory metrics: Value-at-Risk (VAR) and Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVAR);
  • In addition to these Committees, detailed and summary market risk reports, produced on a daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly basis, either related to various Group levels or geographic areas, are sent to the relevant business line and risk function managers.

In terms of governance, within the Market Risk Department, the main functional and transversal subjects are dealt with during Committees organised according the nature of activity in question. 

Market risk appetite

Audited I The business development strategy of the Group for market activities is primarily focused on meeting clients’ needs through a comprehensive range of products and solutions. The risk resulting from these market activities is strictly managed through a set of limits for several indicators:

  • Value at Risk (VaR) and Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR): these global indicators are used for market risk calculations for RWA and for the day-to-day monitoring of the market risks incurred by the Group within the scope of its trading activities;
  • Stress test measurements, based on decennial shock-type indicators, which make it possible to restrict the Group’s exposure to systemic risk and exceptional market shocks. These measurements can be global, multi-risk factor (based on historical or hypothetical scenarios), by activity or risk factor in order to take into account extreme risks on a specific market, or event-driven, to temporarily monitor a particular situation;
  • sensitivity and nominal indicators used to manage the size of positions: 
    • -sensitivities are used to monitor the risk incurred locally on a given type of position (e.g. sensitivity of an option to changes in the underlying asset),
    • -while nominal indicators are used for significant positions in terms of risk;
  • additional indicators such as concentration risk or holding period, maximum maturity, etc. 

The Market Risk Department is responsible for the assessment and validation of the limit requests submitted by the different business lines. These limits ensure that the Group complies with the market risk appetite approved by the Board of Directors.

Setting and monitoring limits

Audited I The choice and calibration of these limits ensure the operational transposition of the Group's appetite for market risk through its organisation:

  • these limits are allocated at various levels of the Group's structure and/or by risk factor;
  • their calibration is determined using a detailed analysis of the risks of the managed portfolio. This analysis may include various elements such as market conditions, including liquidity, the maneuverability of positions, the income generated in relation to the risks taken, ESG criteria, etc.;
  • their regular review makes it possible to manage risks according to the evolution of market conditions;
  • specific limits or even prohibitions may be put in place to regulate risks for which the Group has limited or no appetite. 

The desk mandates and Group policies stipulate that the traders must have a sound and prudent management of positions and must respect the defined frameworks. The allowed transactions, as well as risk hedging strategies, are also described in the desk mandates. The limits set for each activity are monitored daily by the Market Risk Department. This continuous monitoring of the market risk profile is the object of regular discussions between the risk and business teams, further to which various risk hedging or mitigation initiatives may be taken by the front office in order to remain within the defined limits. In the event of a breach of the risk framework, and in compliance with the limits follow-up procedure, the front office must detail the reasons, and take the necessary measures to return within the defined framework, or otherwise request a temporary or permanent increase of limit if the client’s request and if market conditions justify such a course of action.

The management and good understanding of the market risk to which the Group is exposed are thus ensured on the one hand (i) through the governance in place between the different sub-departments within the Risk Department and the business lines, but also on the other hand (ii) through the daily monitoring of consumption of the various limits in place, to which products/solutions distributed to customers contribute as well as various market-making activities.

4.8Structural risks – interest rate and exchange rate

Audited I Interest rate and foreign exchange risks are linked to:

  • the banking book activities, including commercial transactions and their hedging, but excluding positions linked to employee commitments covered by the dedicated system. This is the Group's structural exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risks
  • positions relating to long term employee benefit commitments and their hedging, which are monitored under a dedicated system.

4.8.1GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND GOVERNANCE

4.8.1.1General principles

Audited I The principles and standards for managing these risks are defined at the Group level. The ALMT (Asset and Liability Management and Treasury) department within the Group’s Finance Division leads the control framework of the first line of defence while the Risk Department Management assumes the role of second line of defence  supervision.

The general principle for managing structural interest rate and exchange rate risks within consolidated entities is to ensure that movements in interest and foreign exchange rates do not significantly threaten the Group’s financial base or its future earnings in the framework of the Risk Appetite defined by the Group through its dedicated various rate and FX metrics.

Within the entities, commercial and corporate center operations booked in the banking book balance sheet must therefore be matched in terms of interest rates and exchange rates as much as possible to immunise the patrimonial value of the Bank to rate and exchange rate variations. In addition, hedges may be entered into to reduce the dependence of future interest margins to interest rate fluctuations. With regards to exchange rate risk, in accordance with the relevant regulatory provisions, a structural foreign exchange position is maintained at the financial center level, in order to minimise the variation of the Group's Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio to exchange rates fluctuations.

4.8.1.2Governance
The Group ALM Committee, a General Management Body

The purpose of the Group ALM Committee is to:

  • validate and ensure the adequacy of the system for monitoring, managing and supervising structural risks; 
  • review changes in the Group's structural risks through consolidated reporting; 
  • review and validate the measures and the adjustments proposed by the Group's Finance Department.

The Group ALM Committee tasks the Global Rate Forex Committee chaired by the Finance Department and the Risk Division to approve frameworks not exceeding defined amounts.

The ALMT Department, within the Group’s Finance Division

The ALMT Department is responsible for:

  • defining the structural risk policies for the Group and formalising risk appetite to structural risks;
  • analysing the Group’s structural risk exposure and defining hedging strategies;
  • monitoring the regulatory environment concerning structural risk;
  • defining the ALM principles for the Group;
  • defining the modelling principles applied by the Group’s entities regarding structural risks;
  • identifying, consolidating and reporting on Group structural risks;
  • monitoring compliance with structural risk limits.
The ALM Risk Control Department within the Risk division

Within the Risk Division, the ALM Risk Department oversees structural risks and assesses the management system for these risks. As such, this department is in charge of:

  •  interest and foreign exchange rates risks identification of the Group;
  • defining the steering indicators and overall stress test scenarios of the different types of structural risks and setting the main limits for the business divisions and the entities and Business Units (BU)/Service Units (SU);
  • defining the normative environment of the structural risk metrics, modelling and framing methods;

In addition, by delegation of MRM, this department ensures the validation of ALM models for which it organises and chairs the Validation Committee of Models.

Finally, he chairs the Model Validation Committee and the ALM Standards Validation Committee and thus ensures that the regulatory framework is correctly read and properly adapted to Societe Generale environment.

The entities and BU/SU are responsible for ALM risk management

Each entity, each BU/SU, manages its structural risks and is responsible for regularly assessing risks incurred, producing the risk report and developing and implementing hedging options. Each entity, each BU/SU is required to comply with Group standards and to adhere to the limits assigned to it. 

As such, the entities and the BUs/SUs apply the standards defined at Group level and develop the models, with the support of the central modelling teams of the Finance Department.

An ALM manager reporting to the Finance Department in each entity is responsible for monitoring these risks. This manager is responsible for reporting ALM risks to the Group Finance Department. All entities have an ALM Committee responsible for implementing validated models, managing exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risks and implementing hedging programs in accordance with the principles set out by the Group and the limits validated by the ALM Committee and the BU/SU ALM Committees. 

4.9Structural risk – liquidity risk

Audited I Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the bank does not have the necessary funds to meet its commitments. Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will no longer be able to finance its activities with appropriate volumes of resources and at a reasonable cost.

4.9.1general principles and governance

Audited I Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will no longer be able to finance its activities with appropriate volumes of resources and at a reasonable costhe liquidity and funding management set up at Societe Generale aims at ensuring that the Group can:

(i) fulfil its payment obligations at any moment in time, during normal course of business or under lasting financial stress conditions (management of liquidity risks); 

(ii) sustainably finance the development of its activities at a reasonable cost (management of funding risks). Doing so, the liquidity and funding management ensures compliance with risk appetite and regulatory requirements.

4.9.1.1General principles

To achieve these objectives, Societe Generale has adopted the following guiding principles:

  • liquidity risk management is centralised at Group level, ensuring pooling of resources, optimisation of costs and consistent risk management. Businesses must comply with static liquidity deadlocks in normal situations, within the limits of their supervision and the operation of their activities, by carrying out operations with Corporate Centre, where appropriate, according to an internal refinancing schedule. Assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are assigned maturities according to agreements or quantitative models proposed by the Finance Department and by the business lines and validated by the Risk Division;
  • funding resources are based on business development needs and the risk appetite defined by the Board of Directors (see section 2);
  • financing resources are diversified by currencies, investor pools, maturities and formats (vanilla issues, structured or secured notes, etc.). Most of the debt is issued by the parent company. However, Societe Generale also relies on certain subsidiaries to raise resources in foreign currencies and from pools of investors complementary to those of the parent company;
  • liquid reserves are built up and maintained in such a way as to respect the stress survival horizon defined by the Board of Directors. Liquid reserves are available in the form of cash held in central banks and securities that can be liquidated quickly and housed either in the banking book, under direct or indirect management of the Group Treasury. in the trading book within the market activities under the supervision of the Group Treasury;
  • the Group has options that can be activated at any time in a stressful situation, through an Emergency Financing Plan (EFP) at Group level (except for insurance activities, which have a separate contingency plan), defining leading indicators for monitoring the evolution of the liquidity situation, operating procedures and remedial actions that can be activated in a crisis situation.
4.9.1.2Governance

The main liquidity risk governance bodies are as follows:

  • the Board of Directors, which:
    • -sets yearly the level of liquidity risk tolerance as part of the Group’s risk appetite, based on a set of key metrics, which includes both internal and regulatory metrics, in particular the period of time during which the Group can operate under stressed conditions (“survival horizon”),
    • -approves financial indicators framing including the scarce resources indicators framing (financing program definition),
    • -reviews at least quarterly the Group’s liquidity and funding situation: key liquidity metrics, including stressed liquidity gap metrics as evaluated through Societe Generale group models, the regulatory metrics LCR and NSFR, the pace of execution of the funding plan and the related cost of funds;
  • General Management, which: 
    • -allocates liquidity and funding targets to the various Business Units and the Group Treasury entity, upon proposal from the Group Finance division,
    • -defines and implements the liquidity and funding risk strategy, based on inputs from the Finance and Risk Divisions and the Business Units. In particular, the General Management chairs the Finance Committee, held every 6 weeks and attended by representatives from the Finance and Risk Divisions and Business Units, which is responsible for monitoring structural risks and managing scarce resources:
      • validation and monitoring of the set of limits for structural risks, including liquidity risk,
      • monitoring of budget targets and decisions in case of a deviation from the budget,
      • definition of principles and methods related to liquidity risk management (e.g. definition of stress scenarios),
      • assessment of any regulatory changes and their impacts; 
  • the Group Finance Division, which is responsible for the liquidity and funding risks as First Line of Defence, interacting closely with Business Units. Within the Group Finance Division, there are three main departments involved respectively in the preparation and implementation of decisions taken by the abovementioned bodies: 
    • -the Strategic and Financial Steering Department is responsible for framing and steering the Group’s scarce resources, including liquidity, within the Group’s risk appetite and financial indicators framing;
  • the Group ALM and Treasury Department is in charge of:
    • -all aspects of the operational management of liquidity and funding across the Group, including managing the liquidity position, executing the funding plan, supervising and coordinating treasury functions, providing operational expertise in target setting, managing the liquidity reserves and the collateral used in funding transactions, managing the corporate centre,
    • -the definition of modelling and monitoring structural risks, including liquidity risk alongside interest rate and foreign exchange risks in the Banking Book,
    • -also sitting with the Group Finance Division, the Metrics Production Department runs the management information system regarding liquidity and funding risks across the Group. For liquidity metrics, the Group relies on a centralised system architecture, with all Business Units feeding a central data repository from which all metrics are produced, either regulatory metrics (e.g. the LCR or the NSFR) or metrics used for internal steering (e.g. stress test indicators);
  • the ALM Risk Department, which perform as the second line of defence functions, ensure the supervision of liquidity risks and evaluates the management system for these risks. As such, it is in charge of:
    • -the definition of liquidity indicators and the setting of the main existing limits within the Group,
    • -the definition of the normative framework for measuring, modelling methods and monitoring these risks.

In addition, by delegation of Model Risk Management, this department ensures the validation of ALM models for which it organises and chairs the Validation Committee of Models.

Finally, it ensures the correct interpretation of the regulatory framework as well as an adequate implementation in the Societe Generale environment. 

4.10Operational risk

In line with the Group’s Risk taxonomy, operational risk is one of the non-financial risks monitored by the Group. Operational risk is the risk of losses resulting from inadequacies or failures in processes, personnel or information systems, or from external events.

Operational risk classification is divided into seven event categories:

  • commercial dispute;
  • compliance and other dispute with authorities;
  • errors in pricing or risk evaluation including model error;
  • execution errors;
  • fraud and other criminal activities;
  • loss of operating environment/capability;
  • IT system interruptions.

This classification ensures consistency throughout the system and enabling cross-business analyses throughout the Group (see section 4.10.2), particularly on the following risks:

  • risks related to information and communication technologies and security (cybercrime, IT systems failures, etc.);
  • risks related to outsourcing of services and business continuity;
  • risks related to the launch of new products/services/activities for customers;
  • non-compliance risk (including legal and tax risks) represents the risk of legal, administrative or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or loss to reputation a bank may suffer as a result of its failure to comply with national or European legislation, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organisation standards, and Codes of Conduct applicable to its banking activities;
  • reputational risk arises from a negative perception on the part of customers, counterparties, shareholders, investors or regulators that could negatively impact the Group’s ability to maintain or engage in business relationships and to sustain access to sources of financing;
  • misconduct risk resulting from actions (or inaction) or behaviour of the Bank or its employees inconsistent with the Group’s Code of Conduct, which may lead to adverse consequences for our stakeholders, or place the Bank’s Sustainability or reputation at risk.

The framework relating to the risks of non-compliance, reputation and inappropriate conduct is detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk”.

4.10.1General principles and governance

4.10.1.1General principles

Controlling operational risks is a major challenge for the Group:

  • regulatory issues: to comply with the requirements of regulators;
  • reputation issues: to limit damage to the Group’s reputation;
  • financial challenge: to contain operational losses and prudential capital requirements.

The Group specifies its zero or very low tolerance to operational risk for: internal fraud, cyber security, data leakage, business continuity, outsourced service delivery, physical security, execution errors.

Furthermore, the Group has no tolerance for incidents whose severity is likely to seriously harm its image, threaten its results or the confidence of its customers and employees, prevent business continuity on its critical activities or challenge its strategic orientations.

The management of operational risk is an integral part of the tasks of all employees. It is based on:

  • the existence of secure processing processes;
  • the risk culture of employees;
  • specific preventive measures, including rules on sound project management;
  • the internal control system.
4.10.1.2Governance

The Group operational risk management framework, other than non-compliance risks detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk” is structured around a three-level system comprising:

  • a first line of defence in each core Business Units/Service Units, responsible for applying the framework and putting in place controls that ensure risks are identified, analysed, measured, monitored, managed, reported and contained with the limits set by the Group-defined risk appetite;
  • a second line of defence, namely the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department in the Group’s Risk Division, in charge of the management of operational risks frameworks.
  • As such, the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department:
    • -conducts a critical examination of the BU/SUs management of operational risks (including fraud risk, risks related to information systems and information security, and risks related to business continuity and crisis management),
    • -sets regulations and procedures for operational risk systems and production of cross Group analyses,
    • -produces risk and oversight indicators for operational risk frameworks.
  • To cover the entire Group, the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department has a central team supported by regional hubs. The regional hubs report back to the department, providing all information necessary for a consolidated overview of the Bank’s risk profile that is holistic, prospective and valid for both internal oversight purposes and regulatory reporting.
  • The regional hubs are responsible for implementing the Operational Risk Division’s briefs in accordance with the demands of their local regulators.
  • The Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department communicates with the first line of defence through a network of operational risk correspondents in each Business/Service Units.
  • Concerning risks specifically linked to business continuity, crisis management and information, of persons and property, the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department carries out the critical review of the management of these risks in connection with the Group Security Division. Specifically, regarding IT risks, the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department carries out the critical review of the management of these risks in connection with GCOO (Group Chief Operating Office);
  • a third line of defence in charge of internal audits conducted by the General Inspection and Audit Division.
First and second-level controls

The implementation and monitoring of the operational risk management framework is part of the Group’s internal control framework:

  • level 1 control is performed as part of operations within each SG Group BU/SU/entity, including managerial supervision and operational controls. This permanent control framework is supervised by the Normative Controls Library (NCL), which brings together, for the entire Group, the control objectives defined by the expertise functions, the business lines, in connection with the second lines of defence;
  • level 2 control is carried out by dedicated teams in the Risk Division to carry out this mission on operational risks covering the risks specific to the various businesses (including operational risks related to credit and market risks), as well as the risks associated with purchases, communication, real estate, human resources and information system.
Risk related to security of persons and property

Protecting persons and property, and compliance with the laws and regulations governing security are major objectives for Societe Generale Group. It is the mission of the Group Security Division to manage human, organisational and technical frameworks that guarantee the smooth operational functioning of the Group in France and internationally, by reducing exposure to threats (in terms of security and safety) and reducing their impact in the event of crisis.

The security of persons and property encompasses two very specific areas:

  • security, which comprises all the human, organisational and technical resources combined to deal with technical, physical, chemical and environmental accidents that can harm people and property;
  • safety, which comprises all the human, organisational and technical resources combined to deal with spontaneous or premeditated acts aimed at harming or damaging the Bank with the intent of obtaining psychological and/or financial profit.

The management of all the above risks is based on an operational risk system. A second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department.

Risks related to information and communication technology (ICT) and security risks

Given the importance for the Group of its information system and the data it conveys and the continuous increase in the cybercriminal threat, the risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and to security are major for Societe Generale. Their supervision, integrated into the general operational risk management system, is steered as the first line of defence by a dedicated area of expertise (Information and Information Systems Security – ISS) and the second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department. They are subject to specific monitoring by the management bodies through sessions dedicated to Group governance (Risk Committee, CORISQ, CCCIG, ISCO) and a quarterly dashboard which presents the risk situation and action plans on the main information and communication technologies risks.

The Group Security Department, housed within the General Secretariat, is responsible for protecting information. The information provided by customers, employees and also the collective knowledge and know-how of the bank constitute Societe Generale’s most valuable information resources. To this end, it is necessary to put in place the human, organisational and technical mechanisms which make it possible to protect the information and ensure that it is handled, communicated to and shared by only the people who are authorised to know.

The person in charge of risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and security of information systems is housed at GCOO (Group Chief Operating Office). Under the functional authority of the Head of Group Security, he recommends the strategy to protect digital information and heads up the IT Security Department. The IT security framework is aligned with the market standards (NIST, ISO 27002, ISO 27001, ISO 27035), and implemented in each Business/Service Unit. Societe Generale policies and process tend to be compliant with their requirements and conducts regular control on this compliance.

Risk management associated with cybercrime is carried out through the tri-annual Information Systems Security (ISS) master plan.

In order to take into account the development of the cyber threat, in a sustainable way on SG Group and in line with the Group strategy, with a budget of EUR 1 billion is allocated over the four coming years, the 2024-2026 cyber security strategy is structured around five pillars that guide actions out to 2026:

  • decrease the SG Group’s exposure to cyber risk by increasing protection levels and response capacity. In particular, by improving the deployment of key cyber risk controls through a commitment of Executive Committee members on results;
  • empower SG staff with regard to cyber security, ensuring that core security rules are fully enforced, in particular by ensuring production of Group’s assets are secured by design;
  • improve the operational efficiency of cyber security teams by optimizing more automated and more preventive cyber controls, to reduce the run cost and deploy additional protection measures;
  • support business transformation with the appropriate involvement of cyber security teams, to anticipate new trends (e.g. Artificial Intelligence or blockchain);
  • improve the human resources management of the sector, in particular on developing the skills and attractiveness of the Group’s security function.

At the operational level, the Group relies on a CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team) unit in charge of incident management, security watch and the fight against cybercrime. This team uses multiple sources of information and monitoring, both internal and external. Since 2018, this unit has also been strengthened by the establishment of an internal Red Team whose main tasks are to assess the effectiveness of the security systems deployed and to test the detection and reaction capabilities of the defence teams (Blue Teams) during an exercise simulating a real attack. The services of the Red Team enable the Group to gain a better understanding of the weaknesses in the security of the Societe Generale information system, to help in the implementation of global improvement strategies, and also to train cybersecurity defence teams. CERT works closely with the Security Operation Center (SOC), which is in charge of detecting security events and processing them.

A team at the Resources and Digital Transformation Department is in charge of ensuring the consistency of the implementation of operational risk management systems and their consolidation for IT processes. The main tasks of the team are as follows:

  • identify and evaluate the major IT risks for the Group, including extreme risk scenarios (e.g. cyberattack, failure of a provider), to enable the Bank to improve its knowledge of its risks, be better prepared for extreme risk scenarios and better align their investments with their IT risks;
  • produce the indicators that feed the IT risks monitoring dashboard, intended for management bodies and Information Systems Directors. They are reviewed regularly with the second line of defence in order to remain aligned with the IS and SSI strategy and their objectives;
  • more generally, ensure the quality and reliability of all devices addressing IT operational risks. Particular attention is paid to the permanent control system for its IT risks, which is based on the definition of normative IT and security controls and the support of the Group in the deployment of managerial supervision on this topic. Since 2022, the SSI normative controls were reviewed, i.e. around 200 controls covering cyber topics in addition to the IT controls already in place. The IS/SSI Departments monitor the deployment of these controls across the Group, the progress of which is aligned with the objectives set by the Group.

In terms of awareness, a multilingual online training module on information security is mandatory for all internal Group staff and for all service providers who use or access our information system. It was updated in early 2023 in order to incorporate changes to the new Group Information Security Policy.

Risks related to fraud (including unauthorised market activities)

The supervision of fraud risk, whether internal or external, is integrated into the general operational risk management framework which allows the identification, assessment, mitigation and monitoring of the risk, whether it is potential or actual.

It is steered in the first line of defence by dedicated expert teams working on fraud risk management, in addition to the teams in charge of operational risk management specific to each of the banking businesses. These teams are in charge of the definition and operational implementation of the means of raising awareness, preventing, detecting and dealing with frauds. The second line of defence is provided by the Non-Financial Risks and permanent control Department with a fraud risk manager. The second line defines and verifies compliance with the principles of fraud risk management in conjunction with the first line teams, and ensures that the appropriate governance is in place.

Finally, the teams, whether they are in the first or second line of defence, work jointly with teams of experts in charge of information security, the fight against cyber crime, know your client (KYC), anti-money laundering and combating corruption. Likewise, the teams work closely with the teams in charge of credit risk and market risk. The sharing of information contributes to the identification and increased responsiveness in the presence of a situation of proven fraud or weak signals. This active collaboration makes it possible to initiate investigative measures, blocking attempted fraud or initiating the recovery of funds or the activation of associated guarantees and insurance payments in the event of successful fraud.

4.11Compliance

Compliance risk is considered a non-financial risk, in line with the Group’s Risk taxonomy.

Acting in compliance means understanding and observing the external and internal rules that govern our banking and financial activities. These rules aim to ensure a transparent and balanced relationship between the Bank and all its stakeholders. Compliance is the cornerstone of trust between the Bank, its customers, its supervisors and its employees.

Compliance with rules is the responsibility of all Group employees, who must demonstrate compliance and integrity on a daily basis. The rules must be clearly expressed, and staff have been informed and/or trained to understand them properly.

The compliance risk prevention system is based on shared responsibility between the operational entities and the Group Compliance Department:

  • the operational entities (BUs and SUs) must incorporate into their daily activities compliance with laws and regulations, the rules of professional best practice and the Group’s internal rules;
  • the Compliance Department manages the Group’s compliance risk prevention and management system. It ensures the system’s consistency and efficiency, while also developing appropriate relationships (liaising with the General Secretariat) with bank supervisors and regulators. This independent department reports directly to General Management.

To support the businesses and supervise the system, the Compliance Department is organised into:

  • Standards and Consolidation teams responsible for defining the normative system and oversight guidelines, consolidating them at Group level, as well as defining the target operational model for each compliance risk.
  • Core Business/business line Compliance teams which are aligned across the Group’s major business lines (Corporate and Investment Bank, French Retail Banking, International Retail Banking, Private Banking and Corporate Divisions), responsible for the relationship with BU/SUs, including deal flow, advisory, and risk oversight of BU/SUs;
    • -teams responsible for cross-business functions,
    • -teams responsible for second-level controls.

The Compliance Department is organised into three main compliance risk categories, for which it plays a standard-setting role:

  • financial security: know your customer; fight against corruption, compliance with the rules and regulations on international sanctions and embargoes; anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism, including reporting suspicious transactions to the appropriate financial intelligence authority when necessary;
  • regulatory risks, which cover in particular: customer protection, ethics and conduct, compliance with tax transparency regulations (based on knowledge of the customers’ tax profile), compliance with corporate social responsibility regulations and Group commitments, financial market integrity, compliance with prudential regulations in collaboration with the Risk Department, joint coordination with HRCO of the Group’s Culture and Conduct issues (Conduct in particular);
  • protection of data, including personal data and in particular those of customers.

Compliance has set up an extensive compulsory training programme for each of these risk categories, designed to raise awareness of compliance risks among all or some employees. The completion rates for these training modules are monitored closely by the Group at the highest level.

In addition to its LOD2 function regarding the aforementioned risks, Compliance oversees the regulatory system for all regulations applicable to credit institutions, including those implemented by other departments, such as prudential regulations.

4.11.1Compliance

Financial security
Know your customer (KYC)

In terms of customer knowledge, Societe Generale’s KYC system is now generally robust. 2024 saw its consolidation in parallel with the tightening reinforcement of the methods of continuous detection of customers or beneficial owners who have acquired the status of Politically Exposed Person (PEP) or Close to PEP, the generalisation to all banking entities of an automated solution for identifying Negative News on customers, as well as the deployment of a Group tool supporting the Quality Assurance process on relationships and periodic reviews.

In addition, following the publication of the European Union’s 6th anti-money laundering package in June 2024, which introduces new KYC due diligence obligations applicable from 10 July 2027, the Group took the first steps in a multi-year compliance programme at the end of the year.

prevention of Anti-money laundering and financing of terrorism (AML/CFT)

The Group implements all the measures related to the 5th Anti-Money Laundering Directive and the Order of 6 January 2021 on the AMF/CFT system and internal control.

It has also actively worked to comply with European Regulation 2023/1113 on information accompanying transfers of funds and certain crypto-assets, applicable since 30 December 2024.

Internal initiatives to strengthen the system also continued in 2024, particularly in terms of risk detection capabilities related to crypto-assets or the circumvention of international sanctions. In general, the development of more sophisticated tools for detecting suspicious or atypical transactions, based on technologies such as Big Data and Machine Learning, is a priority for the Group as part of a multi-year investment programme.

Financial embargoes and sanctions

The strengthening of sanctions imposed on Russia by various jurisdictions (the European Union, the US, the UK, etc.) on account of the war against Ukraine continued in 2024. The implementation of these sanctions remains very complex and may generate high operational risk for financial institutions. In this context, Societe Generale Group maintains close control over any operation involving Russia.

Following the dismissal of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement in December 2021 by the US authorities, the Group took further measures to bolster its Embargoes/Sanctions system, which continues to be regularly reviewed by an independent consultant appointed by the FRB.

Regulatory Compliance risk
Protection of customers
Customer claims

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.2. “Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests”/“Complaint handling and mediation”, page  Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests; 5.4.2.2.2.2. “Actions related to responsible business practices/Complaint handling and mediation”, page  Actions related to responsible marketing practices.

Conflicts of interest

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.2. “Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests”/“Prevention of conflicts of Interest”, page  Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests.

Product governance

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.2. “Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests”, page  Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests.

Vulnerable customers

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.2. “Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests”/“Supporting customers in situations of financial fragility”, page  Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests; 5.4.2.2.2.2. “Actions related to responsible business practices”/“Financial fragility”, page  Actions related to responsible marketing practices.

Market integrity

The regulatory changes of recent years concerning market integrity are integrated into the implementation of a robust risk hedging framework within the Societe Generale Group. The rules of conduct, the organisational principles and the oversight and control measures are in place, regularly assessed and improved. Moreover, extensive training and awareness-raising programmes are provided to all Group employees.

This scheme has been further improved in 2024, including:

  • by strengthening the regulatory framework and controls concerning the system for recording and storing electronic communications for persons subject to the orders issued by the US authorities (SEC and CFTC) against several banking institutions including Societe Generale;
  • by strengthening the normative framework and controls concerning the system for preventing market abuse and its detection with the launch of a project to improve our supervision of transactions executed via trading venues;
  • by integrating regulatory requirements into the normative framework and controls concerning the derivatives framework and regulatory reporting;
  • by integrating the Group’s strategic projects into our system.
Tax transparency and tax evasion

Societe Generale Group’s principles on combating tax evasion are governed by the Tax Code of Conduct. This Code is updated periodically and approved by the Board of Directors after review by the Executive Committee. It is public and accessible via the Bank’s institutional portal (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/ Code-conduite/code_de_conduite_fiscale_groupe_societe_generale_fr.pdf). The current version was updated in December 2023.

The five main principles of the Code are as follows:

  • Societe Generale has a responsible tax policy that forms part of its overall strategy;
  • Societe Generale ensures compliance with the applicable tax rules in all countries where the Group operates, in accordance with international conventions and national laws;
  • in its customer relationships, Societe Generale ensures that customers are informed of their tax obligations relating to transactions carried out with the Group (insofar as this information is authorised by the applicable laws and regulations). The Group complies with the reporting obligations that apply to it as bookkeeper and in any other way;
  • in its relations with the tax authorities, Societe Generale is committed to strictly respecting tax procedures and ensures that it maintains responsible and transparent relations;
  • Societe Generale prohibits tax evasion and the abuse of rights, whether in the Group or by its subsidiaries, and does not encourage or facilitate tax evasion for its customers. Societe Generale also prohibits any transaction not based on sound economic grounds and driven solely by tax considerations, whether for its own account or for its customers.

The tax strategy and its guiding principles are approved by the Board of Directors. Measures for monitoring compliance with the tax strategy and risks are presented to the Board of Directors (or a delegate Committee) at least once a year.

The Group is committed to a strict policy with regard to tax havens. No new Group entity may be established in a state or territory on the official French list of ETNCs (États et territoires non coopératifs in French)(35). Moreover, the Group undertakes to cease operating entities in said countries unless their activities are mainly regional in nature. Internal rules have also been in place since 2013 to monitor an expanded list of countries or territories.

The Group adheres to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) Transfer Pricing recommendations and applies the principle of competitive neutrality in order to ensure that its intra-group transactions are made under arm’s length conditions and do not result in the transfer of any indirect benefits. However, where local regulations differ from these recommendations, the former shall prevail in all relations with the relevant government and be properly documented.

The Group publishes information on its entities and activities annually on a country-by-country basis (Section 2.12 – pages  2.12) and confirms that its presence in a number of countries is for commercial purposes only, and not to benefit from special tax provisions. The Group complies with the tax transparency rules for its own account (CbCR – Country-by-Country Reporting) and has included the principle of transparent tax communications in its Code of Conduct. Societe Generale complies with customer tax transparency standards. The Common Reporting Standard (CRS) enables tax authorities to be systematically informed of income received abroad by their tax residents, including where the accounts are held in asset management structures. Societe Generale also complies with the requirements of the United States FATCA (Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), which aims to combat tax evasion involving foreign accounts or entities held by US taxpayers. The Group has implemented the European Directive DAC6, which requires the reporting of cross-border tax planning arrangements. Lastly, the Group is studying the new tax transparency standards on digital assets ahead of their upcoming implementation, in particular the CARF (Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework), changes to the CRS standard, and the new European Directive in this regard, known as DAC8 (Directive on Administrative Cooperation 8).

Importantly, the account-keeping entities of the Private Banking business line are established exclusively in countries with the strictest tax transparency rules imposed by G20 member countries and the OECD. Assets deposited in Private Banking books are subject to enhanced scrutiny using comprehensive due diligence procedures to ensure they are tax compliant.

In accordance with regulatory requirements, Societe Generale also includes tax fraud in its anti-money laundering procedures.

measures against corruption

Refer to section 5.5.1.2. “Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery”, page  Internal mechanisms for the prevention and detection of corruption.

Sustainability risk

European financial regulations have seen significant changes from a social and environmental perspective, in particular with:

  • the entry into force in March 2021 of Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 – SFDR on Sustainability-related disclosures in the financial services sector;
  • the Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment; and
  • the entry into force in January 2022 of the Delegated Regulation of 4 June 2021 supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation and in August 2022 of Delegated Act 2021/1253 integrating Sustainability into MiFID.

The Compliance Department is developing the normative framework relative to the European Union regulations on sustainable investment and producing deliverables pertaining to normative documentation, training, controls and supervision to help the business lines to comply with regulations. An e-learning module on sustainable investment was made compulsory for more than 30,000 Group employees.

In addition to regulations, the Group makes voluntary public commitments in this area. To manage the implementation of the environmental and social risk management system and ensure the Group’s commitments are upheld, the Compliance Division introduced the following measures:

  • development of prescriptive controls and key risk indicators;
  • deployment of an e-learning module on environmental and social risk management. The training was made compulsory for all employees having a direct or indirect relationship with corporate customers and was distributed to more than 70,000 Group employees;
  • definition of escalation procedures on the perimeter of corporate clients and on that of financial institutions and sovereigns, to describe the criteria that oblige business lines to request the Compliance Department and, where applicable, the Arbitration Committee chaired by the General Management, to enter into a relationship with an entity or to carry out transactions in situations that may present risks of non-compliance or environmental and social reputation issues.
Data protection
Data protection

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.3. “Customer privacy policies”/“Protection of customer personal data”, page  Privacy protection policies; 5.4.2.2.2.3. “Privacy protection”/“Data protection”, page  Actions for privacy protection.

Data Records Management

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.2.3. “Privacy actions”/“Archiving”, page  Actions for privacy protection.

Other Regulatory Risks
Management of reputationAL risk

Management of reputational risk is coordinated by the Compliance Department, which:

  • supports the Compliance Control Officers of the businesses in their strategy for preventing, identifying, assessing and controlling reputation risk;
  • develops a reputational risk dashboard that is communicated quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, based on information from the BU/SU (in particular the Human Resources, Communications, Legal, Corporate Social Responsibility, etc.);
  • performs the Secretariat role for the Customer Acceptance Committee (CAC) whose role is to approve the onboarding or continuing relationship with certain customers which are subject to an arbitration request between the businesses and control functions and/or who present a high risk;
  • performs the Secretariat role for the Complex Transactions and Reputation Risk Committee (CTRC), tasked with reviewing and approving the legal, regulatory, tax, compliance and/or high reputation risk that may arise from the involvement of a Group entity in a complex transaction or from a product, transaction, service or activity with a customer or counterparty.

Moreover, Chief Compliance Officers dedicated to Business Units take part in the various bodies (New Product and Significant Change Committees or NPSC, ad hoc committees, etc.) organised to approve new types of transactions, products, projects or customers, and formulate a written opinion as to their assessment of the level of risk of the planned initiative, and notably the reputation risk.

Corporate compliance

In addition to its role as a second line of defence in the aforementioned areas, the Compliance Department has continued to strengthen the supervision of the Group’s regulatory system in coordination with the Risk, Finance, Legal and Human Resources Departments. This oversight relies on the Corporate Compliance Framework approach, which aims to ensure the Group’s compliance with all banking and financial regulations, including those implemented by other departments, namely control functions or independent expert functions. To this end, on each theme concerned, a document setting out the Compliance function’s roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the missions is formalised and approved by the stakeholders. The Corporate Compliance system is now mature and robust.

Compliance incidents

Audited IIn accordance with regulatory requirements, the Societe Generale Group has a system to centrally manage compliance incidents which is governed by a regularly updated body of standards.

The procedure for reporting incidents is governed by an ad hoc governance, together with Compliance Incident Committees (CIC). These are held monthly with an intermediate level for the business lines and a consolidated level for the Group, which addresses the most significant incidents. These bodies promote information sharing between members regarding any malfunctions that may occur, and the methods used to resolve them.

The presentation of these incidents in the CICs for the purposes of compliance risk supervision and steering is routinely accompanied by long-term remedial action plans to prevent future incidents from recurring. Once all the remedial action plans have been finalised, a compliance incident may be closed upon formal approval by the CIC.

Major compliance incidents within the Group are reported on a quarterly basis:

  • to the executive arm of the Group Compliance Committee;
  • to the supervisory arm of the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee in a Group Compliance dashboard;
  • to the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (the French Prudential Supervisory Authority).
To reiterate: compliance remediation plan following the agreements signed with the french and US authorities

In June 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US Department of Justice (DOJ) and the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) to resolve their investigations into IBOR submissions, and with the DOJ and the French Financial Prosecutions Department (Parquet National Financier – PNF) to resolve their investigations into certain transactions involving Libyan counterparties.

In November 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US authorities to resolve their investigations into certain US dollar transactions involving countries, persons or entities subject to US economic sanctions. As part of these agreements, the Bank committed to enhance its compliance system in order to prevent and detect any violation of anticorruption and bribery, market manipulation and US economic sanction regulations, and any violation of New York state laws. The Bank also committed to enhance corporate oversight of its economic sanction compliance programme. Against this background, the Bank defined and rolled out a programme to implement all these commitments and strengthen its compliance system in the relevant areas.

On 30 November and 2 December 2021, after three years of remediation, the US Federal Court terminated legal proceedings by the DOJ, which confirmed that Societe Generale had complied with obligations relating to the deferred prosecution agreements (DPA) of June and November 2018. In December 2020, the PNF resolved proceedings against Societe Generale and acknowledged that Societe Generale had fulfilled its obligations with respect to the public interest judicial convention.

In terms of OFAC sanctions, the closure of the judicial component did not put an end to the Order signed in 2018 with the Federal Reserve Bank, which continues to regularly monitor the Bank’s full compliance with its obligations.

US compliance remediation plan

On 14 December 2017, Societe Generale SA and its New York branch (SGNY) on the one hand, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) on the other hand, agreed to a Cease-and-Desist order regarding the SGNY compliance programme to adhere to the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and its anti-money laundering (AML) obligations (the Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program), and regarding some aspects of its Know Your Client (KYC) programme. On 26 February 2024, the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) terminated its 2017 BSA/AML Cease and Desist Order, acknowledging that Societe Generale SA and SGNY had fulfilled their obligations under this framework.

On 17 December 2019, Societe Generale SA and SG New York (SGNY) signed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRBNY) regarding SGNY’s compliance risk management programme. Under this agreement, Societe Generale SA and SGNY have agreed, among other things, to submit (a) a written governance plan to strengthen the oversight of SGNY’s non-compliance risk management programme; (b) a written plan to improve SGNY’s non-compliance risk management programme; and (c) improvements to SGNY’s audit programme with respect to the audit of the compliance risk management programme. Societe Generale SA and SGNY continue to comply with all the requirements of the written agreement.

4.12Model risk

Many choices made within the Group are based on quantitative decision support tools (models). Model risk is defined as the risk of adverse consequences (including financial consequences) due to decisions reached based on results of internal models. The source of model risk may be linked to errors in development, implementation or use of these models and can take the form of model uncertainty or errors in the implementation of model management processes.

4.12.1Model risk monitoring

The Group is fully committed to maintaining a solid governance system in terms of model risk management in order to ensure the efficiency and reliability of the identification, design, implementation, modification monitoring processes, independent review and approval of the models used. An MRM (“Model Risk Management”) Department in charge of controlling model risk was created within the Risk Department in 2017. Since then, the model risk management framework has been consolidated and structured and is based today on the following device.

Market players and responsibilities

The model risk management system is implemented by the three independent lines of defence, which correspond to the responsibility of the business lines in risk management, to the review and independent supervision and evaluation of the system and which are segregated and independent to avoid any conflict of interest.

The mechanism in place is as follows:

  • the first line of defence (LoD1), which brings together several teams with diverse skills within the Group, is responsible for the development, implementation, use and monitoring of the relevance over time of the models, in accordance with model risk management system; these teams are housed in the Business Departments or their Support Departments;
  • the second line of defence (LoD2) is made up of governance teams and independent model review teams, and supervised by the “Model Risk” Department within the Risk Department;
  • the third line of defence (LoD3) is responsible for assessing the overall effectiveness of the model risk management system (the relevance of governance for model risk and the efficiency of the activities of the second line of defence) and independent audit of models: it is housed within the Internal Audit Department.
Governance, steering and monitoring

A MRM Committee chaired by the Risk Director meets at least every three months to ensure the implementation of the management system and monitor the risk of models at Group level. Within the second line of defence and the “Model risk” Department, a governance team is in charge of the design and management of the model risk management system at Group level.

As such:

  • Normative framework applicable to all of the Group’s models is defined, applied when necessary to the main families of models to provide details on the specifics, and maintained while ensuring the consistency and homogeneity of the system, its integrity and its compliance with regulatory provisions; this framework specifies in particular the definition of expectations with regard to LoD1, the principles for the model risk assessment methodology and the definition of guiding principles for the independent review and approval of the model;
  • Identification, recording and updating of information of all models within the Group (including models under development or recently withdrawn) are carried out in the model inventory according to a defined process and piloted by LoD2;
  • Monitoring and reporting system relating to model risk incurred by the Group in Senior Management has been put in place. The appetite for model risk, corresponding to the level of model risk that the Group is ready to assume in the context of achieving its strategic objectives, is also formalised through statements relating to risk tolerance, translated under form of specific indicators associated with warning limits and thresholds.
Model life cycle and the review and approval process

For each model, risk management is based on compliance with the rules and standards defined for the entire Group by each LoD1 player, it is guaranteed by an effective challenge from LoD2 and a uniform approval process.

The need to examine a model is assessed according to the level of model risk, its model family and applicable regulatory requirements. The independent review by the second line of defence is triggered in particular for new models, periodic model reviews, proposals to change models and transversal reviews in response to a recommendation:

  • it corresponds to all the processes and activities which aim to verify the conformity of the functioning and use of the models with respect to the objectives for which they were designed and to the applicable regulations, on the basis of the activities and controls implemented by LoD1;
  • it is based on certain principles aimed at verifying the theoretical robustness (evaluation of the quality of the design and development of the model), the conformity of the implementation and use, and the relevance of the monitoring of the model;
  • it gives rise to an Independent Review Report, which describes the scope of the review, the tests carried out, the results of the review, the conclusions or the recommendations.

The approval process follows the same approval scheme for all models, the composition of governance bodies being able to vary according to the level of model risk, the family of models, the applicable regulatory requirements and the Business Units/Service Units in which model is applicable. Responsible for LoD2, the approval process consists of two consecutive instances:

  • the Review Authority which aims to present the conclusions identified by the review team in the Independent Review Report and to discuss, allowing for a contradictory debate between LoD1 and LoD2. Based on the discussions, LoD2 confirms or modifies the conclusions of the Review Report, including the findings and recommendations, without being limited thereto;
  • the Approval Authority, a body which has the power to approve (with or without reservation) or reject the use of a model, changes made to the existing model or continuous monitoring of the relevance of the model along the time proposed by the LoD1, from the Independent Review Report and the minutes of the Review Authority.

4.13Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks

Following the application of the CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive) regulation which came into force on 1 January 2024, information relating to environmental, social and governance risks is now presented in Chapter 5 Corporate social responsability of this document, and mainly in the following sections:

  • 5.1.3 “Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (IROS)”;
  • 5.1.4.3 “The roles and responsibilities of governance bodies as regards sustainability”;
  • 5.1.4.8 “Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting”;
  • 5.3.3 “Management of material impacts on climate change mitigation”;
  • 5.4.2 “Consumers and end-users”;
  • 5.5.2 “Management of material risks related to business conduct”.

4.14Other risks

4.14.1RISK RELATED TO INSURANCE ACTIVITIES

Refer to Financial Statements in Chapter 6 - Note 4.3 Insurance activities.

5CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSiBILITY

Information pursuant to the sustainability statement is presented in Chapter 5 of this Universal Registration Document in parts 5.1 to 5.6 as well as in Chapter 3 for corporate governance information, Chapter 4 for the risk management framework, cybersecurity and compliance risks and Chapter 10 for detailed tables relating to the European Taxonomy. 

This information is certified by the opinion of the Statutory Auditors in charge of the sustainability certification mission. 

This sustainability statement was approved by the Board of Directors on March 6, 2025.

  • (1)Report on the certification of sustainability information and verification of the disclosure requirements under Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852

Societe Generale group’s sustainability statement in a nutshell

Regulatory background
SOC2025_URD_Droit_français_HD.png

For the first time in 2024, Societe Generale goup publishes a sustainability statement as required by the European CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive), transposed into French law. The main objective of this Directive is to harmonize sustainability reporting and to improve the availability and quality of ESG data published through the obligation to produce and publish a sustainability statement that meets standards applicable to companies in all sectors.

SOC2025_URD_Pile_de_Livres_HD.png

The European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) mandate the disclosure of the sustainability statement on environmental, social and business conduct topics.

SOC2025_URD_Gouvernaille_HD.png

The sustainability statement is certified (limited assurance) by external auditors. This mission is subject to guidelines published by the French National Authority for Auditing (H2A) in France, specifying the work expected of auditors and the way in which they express their conclusions, pending a European standard governing this new assurance mission.

5.1General information

5.1.1General principles relating to the sustainability statement

5.1.1.1Introduction to the sustainability statement
Basis for the preparation of the consolidated sustainability statement

Societe Generale has prepared its consolidated sustainability statement for the year ended 31 December 2024, in accordance with:

  • Order No. 2023-1142 of 6 December 2023 (“the order transposing the CSRD”) on the transposition into French law of Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of 14 December 2022, commonly known as the Corporate Sustainable Reporting Directive (CSRD); and
  • Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 of 31 July 2023 setting out the sustainability reporting standards (European Sustainability Reporting Standards, commonly referred to as “ESRS”).

The Group is also subject to various regulations, standards and frameworks, both French and European, that overlap with the topics covered by the sustainability statement. When this is the case, it will be specifically mentioned in the relevant section.

First time application

The information presented in this sustainability statement were prepared in a first time application context of the legal, regulatory and normative requirements mentioned above. This first time application is marked by uncertainties on interpretation of the texts, and a first analysis of double materiality carried out in the absence of established practices and comparative data.

In this context, and for the purposes of verifiability and understandability, the Group focused on applying the normative requirements set out in the ESRS and on reporting on the basis of the information available at the date of approval of this sustainability statement by the Executive Board, which leads to:

  • estimations (section 5.1.1.2.2 “Estimates and uncertainties”), for which the methodologies and assumptions could be fine-tuned when data availability and quality will increase and
  • limitations of the perimeter on: 
    • -activities covered by the materiality assessment (section 5.1.3.1. “Outcomes of the IROs assessment in relation to the strategy and business model”),
    • -the identification of eligible and aligned activities under European Taxonomy (Part 5.2 and related annexes),
    • -activities covered by the Climate Change Mitigation Transition Plan (section 5.3.2.1 “Overview of the climate change mitigation transition plan”),
    • -the underlying assets of the Group selected for the calculation of greenhouse gas emissions (section 5.3.4.2 “Scope of calculation of GHG emissions  attributed to the Group”),
    • -entities with more than 10 employees in respect of the Group's own-account operations.

Finally, considering the underlying evolving path of CSRD and ESRS and in  a continuous improvement approach, the Group could if necessary, adapt in the coming years the content of its sustainability statement, its data collection, disclosure processes and its internal control framework to take account of:

  • the evolution of the regulatory and normative framework;
  • issuing additional guidelines or questions and answers to facilitate a better understanding of the requirements;
  • interpretations of regulatory and normative requirements and best practices;
  • greater availability of data in particular as a result of the increase in the number of companies subject to sustainable information disclosure requirements.
perimeter of Group sustainability statement

The consolidated sustainability statement presents sustainability-related information at Group level. This information relates to the parent company Societe Generale, its controlled entities as included in the scope of accounting consolidation, including subsidiaries required to publish their own sustainability statement, and its holdings in joint ventures and associates in France and abroad.

It covers all of the Group’s activities on its value chains which were identified as material during the assessment of impacts, risks and opportunities, with, however, limitations as presented above. The outcome of this materiality assessment is presented in section 5.1.3.1 “Results of the evaluation of the IROs in relation to the strategy and the business model”.

European subsidiaries of the group publishing their own sustainability statement

The following European subsidiaries prepare their own sustainability statement: 

  • AYVENS SAS (France);
  • BRD – Groupe Societe Generale SA (Romania);
  • Komerční Banka AS (Czech Republic).
European subsidiaries of the Group exempt from publishing a sustainability statement

The following European subsidiaries, qualify for the exemption from publishing an individual or consolidated sustainability statement for their own scope:

  • Boursorama SA (France);
  • Compagnie générale de location d'équipements SA (France);
  • Fiditalia SPA (Italy);
  • Franfinance SA (France);
  • GEFA Bank GmbH (Germany);
  • Société Générale Luxembourg SA (Luxembourg);
  • Sogecap SA (France).

However, some information will be provided by those exempt subsidiaries in their management report, including an exemption statement and a reference to the consolidated sustainability statement of the parent company Societe Generale.

Exemptions from disclosure

The option provided for in the articles L. 232-6-3 and L. 233-28-4 of the French Commercial Code has been exercised. This allows the undertaking to be exempt from disclosure, in the sustainability statement, of impending developments or matters under negotiation.

5.1.1.2Information on specific circumstances
5.1.1.2.1Time horizons

ESRS 1 ‘General requirements’ provides for the use of different time horizons. The Group has therefore adopted the following time periods:

  • short-term: up to one year;
  • medium term: one to five years;
  • long term: beyond five years.

These time horizons are retained for the information disclosed in the sustainability statement. When the time horizons deviate from these periods, the exception is mentioned in the relevant section.

5.1.1.2.2Estimates and uncertainties

Generally, sustainable information could be subject to uncertainties linked to the state of scientific or economic knowledge and to the quality of internal and external data used for example for the value chain (developments below). This information may also be affected by possible future events with uncertain outcomes and consequences. In addition, some information, as prospective information, non-available data and the quantification of some sustainable information in peculiar environment information, are subject to estimations and judgement notably based on Group experience and on international recognized referential for sustainability matters. These estimates are sensitive to the methodological choices made and the assumptions used in their preparation.

Use of estimates and associated limitations

Metrics are presented in the sustainability statement, in particular regarding the Group’s value chain information such as the calculation of greenhouse gas emissions, which are based on estimates, averages or assumptions, and are sources of uncertainties with regard to their volatility and the quality of input data. Indeed, a metric constitutes an estimate by construction when it cannot be measured directly by the Group since the underlying data come either directly from customers or from external data providers. As a result, an uncertainty can arise on measurement. In the absence of available information, sector and geographical averages are used, which may not reflect the profile of the Group’s customer portfolio, nor contain sufficiently precise information. For some metrics, such as greenhouse gas emissions attributed to financing activities, multiple data sources are combined. In addition, emission factors which convert activities data in greenhouse gas emissions (GHG, expressed in tons of carbon dioxide equivalent - tCO2eq), are themselves subject to variations depending on sources used or application contexts. By nature, GHG emissions in the value chain cover a large panel of categories, including equipment and services supply, travel management, use of sold products, each containing their own uncertainties. Finally, the absence of consensus in methodological practices and the continuing evolving regulatory environment are also a source of complexity and uncertainty for the global estimation of GHG emissions.

Metrics published in the sustainability statement may be accompanied by explanations, in particular about the nature or limitations of the data or estimates (proxies) used. These explanations are mentioned in the description of the metric.

In that context the Group has put its best efforts to apply the more advanced practices and methodologies. They should be continuously improved in the future, subject to the gradual release of standardised and qualitative data by the Group’s external partners and data suppliers.

Uncertainties inherent in forward-looking information

The sustainability statement contains objectives and other forward-looking statements that reflect the Group’s ambitions. Such forward-looking information requires careful consideration regarding its use in decision-making. The Group’s ambitions are based on its current convictions and expectations and are influenced by economic expectations. This forward-looking information is therefore subject to risks and significant hazards, including the occurrence of possible future events, the results of which are difficult to assess as they stand, and that are mostly not under the Group’s control. They are therefore subject to significant uncertainties and do not constitute guarantees that the ambitions will be achieved. This sustainability statement reflects, in accordance with the obligations under the CSRD and the ESRS, the Group’s trajectory and not definite outcome. 

The implementation in each jurisdiction where the Group operates of policies, actions and targets as presented in this sustainability statement is subject to the respect of local regulatory and legal provisions.

5.1.1.2.3Changes in the content and presentation of sustainability information

Since 2017, sustainability-related information has been presented in the extra-financial performance statement (“DPEF”) published on the basis of the provisions transposed into national law of Directive 2014/95/EU (Non-Financial Reporting Directive – NFRD).

The entry into force of the CSRD Directive, transposed into French law by the order transposing the CSRD, changed the presentation and content of sustainability-related information. The disclosure requirements have been considerably tightened, with the obligation to produce a sustainability statement divided into four parts:

  • general information;
  • environmental information;
  • social information;
  • governance information.

The sustainability statement is based on the standards applicable to all business sectors. The sector-specific standards for financial institutions should only be available and applicable from the 2026 financial year at the earliest.

Although the ESRS form the basis of the disclosures in the sustainability statement, other elements may be included, provided that they are considered material. Material and Group-specific sustainability matters have thus been integrated into the sustainability statement, in the disclosure on thematic standards.

5.1.1.2.4Incorporation by reference

The Group discloses information required by the ESRS in its sustainability statement (included in this Chapter 5 of the Universal Registration Document), which is a specific section of the Management Report.

However, some information is incorporated by reference. The sustainability statement may therefore be based on information contained in other chapters of the Universal Registration Document. These references relate to the following disclosure requirements:

  • GOV-1 – The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies;
  • GOV-2 – Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s administrative, management and supervisory bodies;
  • GOV-3 – Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes;
  • additionnal specific information regarding cybersecurity.

In addition, when, in accordance with IFRS, the topics covered by ESRS have material consequences on the consolidated financial statements, information is provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

5.2Environmental information related to eligible and aligned activities under the European Taxonomy

The environmental information in this Sustainability Statement includes the information on the activities eligible and aligned with the European Taxonomy presented in this section as well as the information related to climate change presented in the next section (5.3).

Since 2021, in accordance with the (EU) 2020/852 Regulation on taxonomy, Societe Generale has disclosed its exposure to Taxonomy-eligible sectors and to Taxonomy-aligned activities. The Regulation was amended by the European Commission Delegated Regulation 2021/2178 of 6 July 2021 and by the European Commission Delegated Regulation 2023/2486 of 27 June 2023 establishing reporting obligations for financial undertakings and defining performance indicators (KPIs) and additional information to be disclosed from 1 January 2024, supplemented by the European Commission’s FAQs.

The Green Asset Ratio (GAR) is a performance indicator for credit institutions: it expresses the proportion of exposures related to the Taxonomy-aligned activities of these institutions in relation to total covered assets.

Limits of regulatory alignment ratios

For reasons related to its definition, the GAR is structurally low for European banks with diversified business models, and in particular for banks such as Societe Generale whose activities extend internationally outside of the EU and include corporate and investment banking and financing for SMEs.

According to the current methodology the covered scope of the taxonomy ratios excludes as of today from the numerator (but includes nevertheless in the numerator) all exposures to SMEs (as they are not subject to the NFRD’s reporting requirements) and the exposure to non-EU domiciled companies to which the NFRD does not apply, meaning that the Bank’s exposure to these companies can be neither eligible nor aligned.

Furthermore, the Taxonomy climate objectives provide a classification system that identifies activities that are already close to or near the target of carbon neutrality. It partially takes into account the decarbonisation efforts of companies to reach this target. Therefore, the GAR (as currently defined) does not account for Societe Generale’s significant efforts and progress in supporting customers in their transition.

The application of Taxonomy Regulation help to shape strategic thinking on activities that can contribute to Societe Generale’s objective on sustainable finance target. Despite the KPIs representing the Taxonomy’s key performance indicators (KPIs) remain limited in their design and dependent on availability and quality of data, they are not fully representative of the Bank’s sustainable finance activities at this stage: as these limitations resolve and data gaps close their relevance to the Group’s business strategy may evolve positively.

5.3Environmental information related to climate change

5.3.1Climate change-related material IROs and their interaction with the strategy and business model

5.3.1.1Description of the climate risk resilience analysis
Approach to strategy and business model resilience analysis

The resilience of the Group’s strategy and business model is assured by both the materiality analysis and the Business Environment Scan (BES). The role of these two processes in resilience analysis is detailed in section 5.1.3.1 “Outcomes of the IRO assessment in relation to the strategy and business model”.

From a risk perspective, resilience is mainly analysed using the financial materiality assessment exercise, in particular, by performing the stress tests described below. In the absence of stress tests, an analysis based on expert opinion is carried out.

In 2022, the Group approved the principle of incorporating a scenario-based climate stress test into the Group’s stress tests. It is produced at least once a year, over the short to medium-long term, and covers transition and physical risks across a global scope or a specific portfolio.

As part of the stress test exercise, the main assumptions primarily concern the long-term scenarios used, which are the “Current Policies”, “Below 2°C” and “NZE 2050” scenarios. They are broken down by sector and geography. Physical and/or transition shocks are also applied to these scenarios in the short, medium and long terms.

Stress test work on credit risk and counterparty risk is based, in particular, on the transition and physical ICVI indicators, presented below in section 5.3.5.3 “Quantifying climate risks”.

The financial materiality assessment work was carried out on all risk categories and factors.

The elements below focus on credit risk, counterparty risk and business risk, identified as material from a climate perspective:

  • regarding credit risk, the scope covers the Group’s Corporate and Retail Banking portfolios;
  • regarding counterparty risk, the scope covers all counterparties with which the Group enters into derivatives and securities financing transactions;
  • regarding business risk, the scope covers all of the Group’s activities.

The work on stress tests and the business environment scan was carried out between the end of 2023 and the beginning of 2024, as part of the annual financial materiality assessment. A new exercise was launched at the end of 2024 and completion is expected in the second quarter of 2025.

Assumption and methodology used for resilience analysis

The main macroeconomic climate assumptions made as part of the stress test work related, first and foremost, to the scenarios used.

For credit risk, the Group proceeded as follows:

  • a stress test performed using 3 macroeconomic scenarios detailed in the section 5.1.3.2.2 “Description of the process to identify and assess material IROs in relation to topical ESRS” in relation to topical ESRS over a long-term time horizon (2040 and 2050): “Below 2°C” used as the reference scenario, “NZE 2050” and “Current Policies”;
  • two stress tests respectively for short- and medium-term shocks (time horizons from 2023-2024 to 2026 and 2030 respectively), incorporating plausible adverse economic slowdowns triggered by negative climate change-related effects (incorporating a particular focus on transition issues and climate hazards).

The impact of climate change on counterparty risk was assessed from six market stress tests (an “NZE 2050” scenario and a “Current policies” scenario, spread over the three time horizons 2025, 2030 and 2040), and the use of stressed default probabilities for corporate clients in sectors exposed to climate risks.

Using the results of the resilience analysis

The results of the stress tests are especially used as part of the financial materiality assessment process, these two exercises then feed into other works including those related to Risk Appetite, the Business Environment Scan, the budget exercise and the ICAAP.

In addition to the stress tests, the estimated expected financial effects are also then used in the context of the Risk Appetite exercise, the annual budget exercise and the ICAAP.

The results of the resilience analysis are detailed in section 5.3.1.2 “Description of climate-related material IROs”.

Areas of uncertainty

By definition, stress tests are necessarily constructed on the basis of uncertain data. The inclusion of climate components into these stress tests inevitably adds uncertainties, linked in particular to the fact that time horizons relating to the climate issues studied can be long, historical data remain limited (as climate issues are expected to become increasingly significant over time), some data is still not robust and certain methodologies are still intended to be improved and standardised over time. In addition, it is still difficult to accurately establish the link between climate risks and different risk categories.

5.3.1.2Description of climate change-related material IROs

Climate change-related material IROs mainly concern financing and investment activities in the downstream value chain.

Material climate change-related impacts

The material impacts identified in the short, medium and long terms in connection with climate change are as follows:

  • within corporate and investment banking, on the financing of counterparties operating in the highest-emitting sectors and which have a potentially negative impact on climate change;
  • within the life insurance business, on issues associated with investing in corporate equities and bonds that have a potentially negative impact on climate change.
Material climate change-related risks

Material climate change-related risks are detailed below. Credit, counterparty and business risks are identified as material in the sense of financial materiality.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of counterparty default as well as the associated risk of loss. From a climate perspective, the credit risk of the Group’s various customer portfolios can be accentuated by both transition risk and physical risk aspects.

Credit risk – Corporate clients

The Group has also determined, through a systematic analysis of transmission channels, that transition and physical risks are likely to affect credit risk primarily through revenues, costs, assets and equity, despite the impact through interest rates remaining limited.

In terms of transition risks, in a world where transition efforts are accelerating in line with the objectives of the Paris Agreement, the Group’s Corporate clients will face increasing transition risks arising from the shift to an economy compatible with net-zero greenhouse gas emissions and more respectful of planetary boundaries.

The risk identification exercise showed that, with regard to climate, policies and regulations as well as technology, are relevant transition risk factors for corporate credit risk, with a potentially major effect in the short and medium term, while behavioural changes can have a more indirect and medium- to long-term effect on corporate credit risk.

Certain sectors of activity (such as Real Estate, Oil and Gas, Automotive or Aviation) are particularly affected by transition risk.

With regard to physical risks, the risk identification exercise also showed that, regarding to climate, in a scenario where the transition is too slow to occur, physical risks will become a growing concern for the Group’s Corporate counterparties.

The frequency and intensity of severe weather hazards are expected to increase, while chronic physical hazards such as heat stress and rising sea levels are expected to become more prevalent. To date, the Group has determined, taking a conservative approach, that all climate-related physical risks are relevant risk factors with a long-term effect in a “Current Policies” scenario and potential short- and medium-term effects in the event of a negative economic shock.

Credit risk – individual and professional customers

As regards individual and professional customer counterparties, the main risk is related to the repayment capacity of households and professionals. This capacity depends on households’ disposable income as well as on profitability for professionals, factors that may be affected by climate change (decrease or loss of business, increase in charges and costs). In addition, climate risk could also reduce the value of assets taken as collateral (damaged, abandoned assets) and so reduce the banks’ ability to recover their loan amounts in the event of a customer default (increased risk of loss).

After assessing materiality, the credit risk for individual and professional customers was considered moderate. As a result, the financial materiality assessment for these individual and professional customers concluded, on the basis of the assumptions adopted, that there was a non-material risk, in the short, medium and long term.

Counterparty risk

Counterparty risk depends on the counterparty’s probability of default, on the one hand, and on the exposure at the time of default, on the other. The variability of counterparty risk exposure, notably measured via GASEL (Global Adverse Stressed Loss), can therefore be affected by the following two elements:

  • the effect on the probability of default: the Group considers that the most significant effects are those affecting costs, revenues and assets that directly affect the counterparties’ solvency. The climate risk identification exercise showed that policy and regulation, as well as technology, are relevant transition risk factors from the short term to the long term, while behavioural changes can have a more indirect effect in the medium and long term. In addition, the Group believes that all types of physical risks will become a growing concern for companies in the medium and long term with the increase in the frequency and intensity of climate events, potentially impacting companies’ financial health;
  • exposure at default (or stressed exposure): The climate risk factor can, in fact, change the value of derivatives insofar as it has an effect on the value of the underlying assets in these transactions (share prices, exchange rates and interest rates). In this process, the most significant effects will primarily result from changes in carbon prices (transition), especially in the long term in a physical stress scenario. Exposure at default can be partially mitigated via the margin call mechanisms that are put in place for the majority of exposures.

Regarding counterparty risk, climatic factors are considered material over short, medium and long term horizons.

Business risk

Business risk is the risk related to the loss of value due to fluctuations in volumes, margins, commissions and operating expenses that are not already recognised under other categories of risk (such as the IRRBB, insurance activity-related risks, etc.). It is currently measured and managed as the risk of deviation from the budget. The budgetary trajectory is based on a narrative and on macroeconomic metrics, which include assumptions of a “Below 2°C” climate scenario.

The main financial effects of transition risks identified concern:

  • unforeseen policy and regulatory changes generated by climate change, which could lead to a revision of the Group’s strategic plan and/or reduce its profitability;
  • changes in the behaviour of investors, customers or employees who could negatively judge companies considered to be contributing to climate change, which could have a negative impact on the Group’s ability to execute its strategic plan, implement its business plan due to its inability to retain its employees, customers or investors as a result of a deterioration in its image or its inability to allocate scarce resources efficiently.

Given the existing framework, climate transition risk factors are considered, on the basis of expert judgement, as material risk factors for business risk, in the short, medium and long term.

Physical risks could also have a long-term effect if resources are allocated to geographical areas that are seriously affected by climate change. In fact, the deterioration of the climate could lead to an increase in general costs, reduce business opportunities or even require the discontinuation of activities.

Regarding business risk, climatic factors are considered material over short, medium and long term horizons.

Material climate change-related opportunities

Climate change-related opportunities related were assessed as being material, mainly with regard to financing activities. They are detailed in section 5.3.6 “Material climate change-related opportunities” and section 5.1.3.1 “Results of the evaluation of the IROs in relation to the strategy and the business model”.

5.4Social information

5.4.1Own workforce

5.4.1.1Being a responsible employer

The Group acts as a responsible employer in the management of Human Capital through all the policies and tools implemented within the company to attract, recruit, integrate, train and engage employees. The term Human Capital refers to the Group's employees and non-employees working on behalf of the Group (excluding service providers who are workers in the value chain).

5.4.1.1.1Presentation of the Group’s employees

The Group operates in more than 60 countries and has around 119,000 employees worldwide.

Breakdown of employees(2) by region as of 31 December 2024
SOC2025_URD_EN_I016_HD.png
Methodology for calculating the number of employees
  • The scope of employees covers permanent contracts (known in France as “CDI”) and fixed-term contracts (“CDD”) including work-study participants, according to the regulations applicable locally;
  • the genders “women” and “men” are reported, as current capacities do not yet allow for the identification of “undeclared” and “other” genders at Group level;
  • the workforce figures are taken from the Group’s Human Resources Department’s information systems and supplemented by local HR teams as part of data collection campaigns;
  • the figures in this section are to be considered in headcount rather than full-time equivalents (FTEs) and relate to the 2024 financial year;
  • the data in this section relates to the consolidated scope, including entities with ten or more employees, captured in the context of the social information collection campaign for the year ended 31 December 2024.
Breakdown of employees(2) by gender as of 31 December 2024

Country

Gender

Total

Women

Men

 

France(1)

31,292

24,110

55,402

Other countries of operation

32,412

30,783

63,195

Total number of employees within the Group(2)

63,704

54,893

118,597

  • (1)Only country accounting from more than 10% of employees for the year ended 31 December 2024.
  • (2)The total number of employees is relative to the scope of consolidation (composed of entities with 10 or more employees covered in the FY2024 reporting campaign). Across the entire scope of financial consolidation, the Group has 119,379 employees.
Breakdown of employees by type of contract and working hours as of 31 December 2024

 

Women

Men

Total

Number of employees on permanent contracts

59,955

51,799

111,754

Number of employees on temporary contracts (of which work-study participants)

3,749

3,094

6,843

Total

63,704

54,893

118,597

Number of full-time employees

55,881

53,801

109,682

Number of part-time employees

7,823

1,092

8,915

Total

63,704

54,893

118,597

In addition, there are a total of 7 non-guaranteed hours contracts (including 4 women and 3 men) accross Switzerland, Sweden and the Netherlands.

5.4.1.1.2The Group’s human rights policies

The Group interacts with its employees in accordance with the values and principles set out in the following main international conventions:

  • the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and its related covenants;
  • the ten conventions as well as the declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, recognised as fundamental texts by the International Labour Organisation (ILO);
  • the UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation) World Heritage Convention;
  • the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development) Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises;
  • the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.
5.4.1.1.3Material IROs related to the Group’s Human Capital

The double materiality analysis has identified potential material impacts on Human Capital. Employees and non-employees are considered as a whole, without distinction or specific characteristics. This analysis has identified potential negative impacts in the short and medium terms on Human Capital, before taking into account any mitigation policies and actions deployed by the Group, concerning the following matters:

  • diversity, equity and inclusion;
  • employment and inclusion of people with disabilities;
  • training and skills development;
  • inappropriate behaviour and harassment;
  • occupational health and safety;
  • work-life balance and respect for privacy;
  • fair compensation;
  • social dialogue;
  • freedom of association and collective bargaining rights.

Furthermore, the Group has a positive material impact on its employees and society through the philanthropic activities of its Foundation.

This double materiality analysis did not highlight any material risks and opportunities, nor material impact on forced labour and child labour. These results, and their links to the strategy and business model, are presented in section 5.1.3.1 “Results of the assessment of IROs in relation to the strategy and business model”.

Potential material impacts on Human Capital were qualified following the double materiality assessment methodology defined by the Group. The result of this assessment is based on internal Human Resources expert reviews and on analysis of the opinions of stakeholders such as employees (via the employee satisfaction survey), civil society, clients, extra-financial rating agencies and investors.

Data points regarding the topics ‘employment and inclusion of people with disabilities’, ‘training and skills development’, ‘occupational health and safety’, and ‘work-life balance and respect for privacy’ are not published in this sustainability report because they are not mandatory for this first year of application.

5.4.1.1.4A responsible employer strategy in response to material issues concerning employees
Responsible Employer strategy

The Responsible Employer strategy is approved by the Human Resources Department and gives rise to quarterly meetings with human resources experts to manage indicators.

Objectives for 2026 were set in 2023: an ambition in terms of gender equality of at least 35% of women leaders within the Group Leaders Circle (or Top 250), as well as the reduction of any pay gaps between women and men within the Group by mobilizing a budget of 100 million euros. These are regularly monitored by the Executive Committee of the Human Resources Department.

Alongside the aspects defined in this Responsible Employer strategy, other issues have been identified within the framework of a common base and further details are contained in this Sustainability report: the remuneration policy, measures against violence and harassment in the workplace, etc.

All of the Group’s policies are centralised in internal standards documentation, applying to all employees. Some of these policies are developed in specific parts of the Sustainability report.

Actions related to potential material impacts

In order to prevent and mitigate these potential impacts, the Group defines specific guidelines for the various issues identified, as well as a set of policies applicable to the entire Group, implemented by the Business Units and Service Units, including:

  • the definition of five priority areas to combat all forms of discrimination: gender diversity, the inclusion of people with disabilities or those who are neuroatypical, diversity of ethnic, cultural or socio-economic origin, intergenerational inclusion and the inclusion of LGBTI people;
  • a health policy that is operational in all the Group’s entities, as a result of the support of dedicated local teams (HR, logistics managers, occupational medicine, etc.) and takes into account national legislation and local contexts. In addition, as a responsible employer, the Group is committed to maintaining decent working hours that respect work-life balance;
  • renewal of the Group’s global agreement on employee rights with the international federation, UNI Global Union. This agreement, covering 100% of the Group’s employees, improves trade union rights and establishes new rights for the Group’s employees;
  • attractive compensation that nurtures employee loyalty and boosts the Group’s long-term performance;
  • a skills development offer aimed at guaranteeing the employability of employees throughout their professional career within the Company.

These actions are supported by commitments, presented below, and are monitored by the Executive Committee of the Human Resources Department. In addition, the Group consults all employees on these material topics through the employee barometer, an annual survey that gives them the opportunity to express themselves freely and anonymously on these subjects.

Table of the Group’s commitments as part of the responsible Employer Strategy

Pillars of the Responsible Employer strategy

Commitments

ESRS topics

Empowering every employee, current and future, to fulfil their potential

To offer the best employability prospects to attract and retain  talent

Training and skills development

To promote personalised career opportunities adapted to future challenges (section. 5.4.1.2.2)

Offering an appropriate, fulfilling and motivating work environment

To ensure the conditions for an equitable and inclusive culture (section 5.4.1.3.1)

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Employment and inclusion of people with disabilities

To ensure working conditions respect work-life balance and employees’ health and security

(section. 5.4.1.3.2)

Work-life balance

Health and safety

Fostering employees engagement and ability to impact

To strengthen engagement and a culture of communication to work together to maintain the Group’s competitiveness (section. 5.4.1.3.2)

Social dialogue

Freedom of association and collective bargaining rights

To contribute individually and collectively to actions with a positive impact (section. 5.4.1.4.3)

Solidarity action, social impact

5.4.1.2Empowering every employee, current and future, to fulfil their potential within the Group

The Group has made commitments to employability prospects in order to attract and retain talent and is implementing actions to promote personalised career opportunities adapted to future challenges.

A system for managing jobs and career paths

The Group has launched a Strategic Workforce Planning (SWP) initiative worldwide. The aim is to adapt policies, particularly in terms of training and filling positions, to the evolving skills required by the business lines and which are strategic challenges of the Group. This initiative provides employees with the means to boost their employability.

This initiative is in place for all of the Group’s key businesses and in 2024 covered virtually all Business and Service Units, representing the foundation of an effective strategy for acquiring new skills and guiding the development of those skills already existing within the Group.

A system that promotes mobility

The Group offers many career opportunities to its employees across business lines and sectors of activity. The principles underpin the Group’s policies on internal mobility and filling positions, and they apply to all Group entities. They focus on:

  • ensuring transparency as regards vacant positions, by systematically posting offers on the internal job exchange (Job@SG), in entities using this tool;
  • filling positions from within the Group where possible;
  • maintaining a community skilled in recruitment practices, in France and internationally, so that best practices and information can be shared;
  • strict adherence to the recruitment process defined by the Human Resources Department to avoid any potential risk of corruption or conflict of interest, or any form of discrimination or favouritism;
  • the permanent adaptation of employees’ skills to rapid changes in their environment. In addition to being able to apply for vacancies advertised internally, employees can also be contacted by managers looking to fill a position. Employees’ skills are matched with those sought by hiring managers thanks to the ACE skills self-reporting platform, which includes an AI-based recommendation engine that managers can use to quickly identify employees whose profiles meet their needs. ACE is deployed for more than 76,800 of the Group’s employees, in 80 entities and 30 countries, covering 65% of the Group’s employees.

The Group has also offered reskilling programmes since 2020. Developed with business line experts, these programmes aim to offer employees who want to change jobs the opportunity to reorient themselves professionally within the Group towards professions that are growing, or where employees are in short supply, with an emphasis on the promise of internal mobility for employees. These programmes frequently involve the awarding of certificates or diplomas, combining theoretical learning via academic partnerships with practical experience through a mentorship process, thus facilitating the employee’s integration into their new team. Since 2020, more than 860 employees have engaged in 90 diversified reskilling programmes, particularly on Data, ESG and Agile Project topics.

A skills development offering

The skills development training offered by various departments (corporate centre or academies specific to Business or Service Units or subsidiaries) come in a variety of formats (e-learning, face-to-face, MOOC, videos, etc.) and target:

  • business skills, in particular in market activities and corporate finance;
  • the culture of risk, responsibility and compliance of employees. Compulsory training for all Group employees covers the following subjects: information security, anti-corruption measures, Code of Conduct (including the right to whistleblow and the fight against inappropriate behaviour), the General Data Protection Regulation, international sanctions, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing, conflicts of interest and harassment;
  • data and artificial intelligence skills;
  • CSR skills;
  • managerial and leadership skills;
  • behavioural skills (improving operational efficiency, collaboration, change management, etc.).

The average number of hours of training per employee per year in 2024 was 38.2 hours, with 38 hours for women and 38.4 hours for men. All skills development initiatives (such as distance and face-to-face training, including mandatory training, coaching or mentoring initiatives) have been taken into consideration when counting these training hours.

A system for reviewing individual performance

The Group monitors every employees’ performance throughout their careers, particularly through development plans and annual performance reviews. Employee assessment is a three-stage process and is structured around two interviews between the manager and the employee: the setting of objectives at the beginning of the year, in line with the Group’s strategy (“Direct”) and the end-of-year review (“Review”). Between these two interviews there is a monitoring and support phase throughout the year (“Mobilise”). The process is based on the use of a dedicated tool deployed across all the Group’s entities, guaranteeing uniformity and consistency in the methodology used during performance reviews.

In addition, for permanent Group employees, the appraisal interview is completed by a professional meeting with their line manager during which they can discuss prospects for professional evolution over the medium and long term.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I017_HD.png
Retention of skills and talent

The Group offers personal and professional development opportunities to its employees to improve employability, increase the internal mobility rate and better control the rate of departures, which was 12.4%(3) in 2024, i.e. 13,853 employees with a permanent contract who left the Group.

5.4.1.3Offer a fulfilling, suitable and motivating work environment
5.4.1.3.1Provide the conditions for an equitable and inclusive culture:
Fight against discrimination

With around 119,000 employees from 145 nationalities working in more than 60 different countries, and with 53% of its workforce based outside of France, the Group confirms its commitment to making Diversity, Equality and Inclusion (DE&I) a reality for all employees and a managerial priority for the Group.

The Group has defined five priority areas to combat all forms of discrimination: gender diversity, the inclusion of people with disabilities or those who are neuroatypical, diversity of ethnic, cultural or socio-economic origin, intergenerational inclusion and the inclusion of LGBTI people.

The Group has a range of policies, actions and other processes in place to counter the risk of discrimination, including:

  • a DE&I policy, reflecting the Group’s determination to recognise and promote all talents, regardless of their beliefs, age, disability, parental status, nationality, gender identity, sexual orientation, membership of a political, religious or trade union organisation, or any other factors on the basis of which they could be discriminated against. It is made available to all stakeholders on the Group’s institutional website. It aims to create the conditions for an inclusive organisation and to uphold fair and equal treatment practices;
  • sponsorship at the highest level of the organisation, led by the Group’s Deputy Chief Executive Officer;
  • a DE&I Committee, made up of twelve members from the Group Management Committee and a DE&I expert to guide discussions and proposals;
  • a dedicated team that relies on an international network of DE&I managers within the Group and the Group’s networks of committed employees;
  • an ambition represented by a gender equality target of increasing the percentage of women within the Group Leaders Circle (or Top 250) to at least 35% by 2026;
  • the reduction of potential pay gaps between women and men within the Group by 2026 through the allocation of a budget of EUR 100 million;
  • public commitments that have been strengthened over recent years with, in particular:
    • -the signing in 2023 of the new Global Agreement on Fundamental Rights with UNI Global Union, including provisions reflecting the Group’s DE&I commitment,
    • -in France, the renewal of the Charter of the Other Circle in October 2024,
    • -in France, a collective agreement on gender equality in the workplace in 2023,
    • -in France, signing of the OneInThreeWomen Charter to raise awareness of violence against women in 2022,
    • -the signing of a new Corporate Parenthood Charter, to support parents in all family configurations in France (single parents, same-sex parents, etc.) in 2022,
    • -the signing of the Towards the Zero Gender Gap initiative during “Women’s forum 2021”.

The Group’s commitment to implementing a strong diversity policy is also based on a set of initiatives, including:

  • hosting the first international summit on diversity, equity and inclusion. This event brought together 45 employee networks from the Group’s key locations to work on the five priorities of DE&I;
  • specific monitoring indicators for women and international employees, i.e., their representation within high-potential pools and succession plans, their promotions, pay rises, grades and classifications, etc.;
  • an e-learning course on understanding and preventing discrimination in the hiring process, which is mandatory for HR staff and managers;
  • the facilitation of “Diversity Fresque” training workshops;
  • all French and international job offers, published on the careers.societegenerale.com recruitment site, includes a paragraph relating to the Group’s DE&I commitments;
  • an in-house resource hub (the DE&I SharePoint) available to all Group employees and containing articles, benchmark studies, reports and more;
  • support for in-house employee networks set up to promote inclusion: women’s networks, in particular, women in digital, WAY (We Are Young), Pride&Allies (LGBTI), Great Minds (neurodiversity), networks supporting diversity of origin such as “Be Me Network” in the UK, “Black Leadership Network”, “Vamos” and “Asian Professionals Network” in the US, “Cultural Diversity Network” in Asia, etc.

In 2024, 100% of the Group’s employees were covered by a DE&I policy and 98% had local initiatives or programmes in at least one of the five priority areas.

Diversity indicators

Below are the main Diversity, Equity and Inclusion-related indicators.

Gender breakdown within top management

Top management is understood here as the Top 250 within the Group (Group Leaders Circle).

30% were women and 70% men as of 31 December 2024.

Other indicators on gender breakdown

2024

Percentage of women on the Executive Committee

54.5%

Percentage of women managers

41%

Percentage of women among employees

54%

Age breakdown of employees

The indicators shown for the breakdown of employees by age correspond to the Group’s data at the end of 2024, with the exception of US entities where dates of birth are not permitted to be stored in IT systems:

As of 31/12/2024

Employees

As a percentage

Employees under 30 years of age

22,172

19%

Employees between 30 and 50 years of age

69,550

61%

Employees over 50 years of age

23,392

20%

Actions to support employees with disabilities

The Group has multiple actions to promote the employment of people with disabilities or who are neuroatypical, such as:

  • the renewal, for the sixth time, of the three-year agreement 2023-2025 promoting the employment and occupational integration of people with disabilities in France;
  • the launch of awareness-raising campaigns during the European Week for the Employment of People with Disabilities;
  • the provision of a conversation guide called “All together for an inclusive environment with people with disabilities”;
  • work on digital accessibility (particularly for clients) and physical accessibility on the Group’s premises;
  • the setting up of an Academy in Romania to train people with disabilities to improve their employability.
5.4.1.3.2Ensuring the conditions for a quality of life at work that respects work-life balance and the health and safety of employees
Health and safety

The Group’s occupational health and safety policy, applicable groupwide, aims to provide each employee with a safe working environment – taking into consideration both the physical workplace and working practices – that guarantees their safety and their physical and psychological well-being. The Group complies with all local labour laws and legal obligations for occupational health and safety in all of its entities worldwide.

This health, safety and prevention policy is based on three main players:

  • the Group Security Department, responsible for implementing a safety awareness programme within the Group via a dedicated community, including a representative in each Business and Service Unit;
  • human resources for mental and physical health, within the context of improving quality of life and conditions at work;
  • managers, guarantors of continuous risk monitoring on a daily basis.
Ensuring continuous improvement in health and safety matters

The Group’s long-standing commitment to offering the best possible working conditions means:

  • a global approach to security rolled out by the Group Security Division, with the aim of assessing risk levels and unifying all protection measures in order to be able to respond in an optimal manner to multiple exogenous and endogenous threats (cybercrime, terrorism, geopolitical risks, health risks, climate risks);
  • continuous awareness with Security Hours, monthly events for all Group employees;
  • a safety and security master plan, prepared by the Group’s Security Division for France and shared with the international entities and subsidiaries as standard practice, to be applied in addition to all local safety and security rules;
  • continuous risk monitoring by a specialised team with a network of experts and in conjunction with the authorities in France and abroad.
Raising awareness among employees of the main health and safety risks
Protecting staff from aggressive behaviour

As the profession is potentially exposed to robbery and incivility, the Group takes great care to ensure the safety of its employees. By way of example, the Group partners with France Victime to offer anonymous psychological support for any employees who are victims of offensive or aggressive behaviour or armed robbery.

Risk prevention in business and expatriate travel

As the Group is legally responsible for, and guarantees the safety of, its employees on business trips, including international trips, it has developed a security policy to reduce exposure to potential security risks and reduce the impact in the event of a crisis likely to affect the physical safety of employees travelling internationally. The Group has a partnership agreement in place for the purposes of ensuring health and safety, and repatriation services.

Health and Safety Indicators

 

2024

% of employees covered by a health and safety system

98%

% of employees covered by an audited health and safety system

68%

Number of deaths related to a workplace accident or disease(1)

0

Number of workplace accidents

631

Frequency rate of workplace accidents(2)

2.93%

  • (1)The scope includes employees and non-employees (not including the self-employed).
  • (2)The frequency rate is calculated as follows: number of workplace accidents/(employees and non-employees present * annual working time) * 1,000,000
  • Annual working time is calculated by each entity as follows: number of hours worked per day x number of days worked in the year.
  • The number of days worked = 365 days – [weekends (52 Saturdays and 52 Sundays) + public holidays + annual leave + time-off-in lieu of France’s 35-hour working week, (RTT)].
Work-life balance
Promoting work-life balance

Particular attention is paid to working hours, notably through:

  • compliance with local laws on hours of work;
  • the inclusion of a workload discussion between the employee, the line manager or HR manager during the annual evaluation;
  • awareness raising and support for managers and employees to promote an optimal organization of work;
  • work-life balance initiatives.

The Group also considers each entity’s local context when implementing measures to promote a healthy work-life balance, such as:

  • social benefits covering their children;
  • support for employees who are caregivers and schemes for the donation of days between employees;
  • in France more specifically:
    • -expanded eligibility for parental leave to take into account all family configurations,
    • -support for employees suffering from chronic illness and/or returning to work after a lengthy period of sick leave,
    • -signature to a new Parenthood Charter.

In addition, the renewal of the agreement with UNI Global Union in 2023 permits the gradual implementation, across all Group entities, of a minimum of 14 weeks maternity leave and one week paternity leave. These two measures are complemented by a guarantee in the event of the employee’s death of a minimum of two years’ salary in an approach aimed at ensuring a minimum level of social protection, in terms of health, life and disability insurance, for all employees worldwide.

A Quality of Life and Conditions at Work Agreement in France

In November 2022, the Human Resources Division signed an agreement with the French trade unions on workplace wellbeing. The aim was to instil new momentum to improve working conditions and prevent occupational risks. This agreement came into effect on 1 January 2023 for a three-year term and centres on six areas: work-life balance, new ways of working (remote/hybrid working), individual and collective freedom of expression, workload, living and working with cancer or another chronic illness, and the prevention of psychosocial risks (PSR) particularly within the context of the fight against isolation and occupational marginalisation. The goal is to focus on wellbeing in the workplace on a broad level, using all possible levers to achieve it.

Remote working within the Group

95% of the Group’s employees benefit from a remote working system with arrangements appropriate to their local context and 92,268 people were remote working within the Group at the end of 2024.

In January 2021, General Management signed an open-ended Remote Working Agreement with the French trade unions. The agreement makes remote working available to all employees (i.e., whether on permanent or temporary contracts and including trainees, work-study students and new hires). The agreement establishes the principle of regular remote working, setting two days of remote working per week as the standard. Each Business and Service Unit can adjust the number of remote working days so that the system is implemented in a collective manner. In implementing this agreement, the Group’s entities adhere to all principles of equality, rules on working hours, the right to disconnect, and health and safety requirements for staff working from home.

5.4.1.4Additional social and societal measures
5.4.1.4.1Remuneration policy, including adequate wage
Total pay gap between women and men

The total remuneration(4) taken into account when calculating the pay gap indicators between women and men and total remuneration includes:

  • contractual fixed remuneration on an annual basis on a full-time equivalent basis and bonuses comparable to fixed remuneration;
  • variable remuneration (including long-term incentives) awarded in 2024 for the 2023 performance year;
  • profit-sharing scheme for Societe Generale SA employees in France.

The scope used to calculate these two indicators comprises employees paid under permanent or fixed-term employment contracts(5).

On this basis:

  • the total pay gap between women and men, defined as the difference between the average total remuneration of male and female employees expressed as a percentage of the average total remuneration of male employees and calculated groupwide, is 34%;
  • the total pay gap between women and men, defined as the difference between the median total remuneration of male and female employees expressed as a percentage of the median total remuneration of male employees and calculated groupwide, is 22%;
  • the ratio of the total annual remuneration of the highest paid person to the average total annual remuneration of all employees (excluding the highest paid person) and calculated at group level is 69;
  • the ratio of the total annual remuneration of the highest paid person to the median total annual remuneration of all employees (excluding the highest paid person) and calculated at group level is 97.

These gaps and ratios are indicators of gross pay gaps between women and men that do not take into account differences in pay between countries or financial markets, fields of activity, professions and functions.

As regards the total remuneration ratios, they are explained in particular by the fact that approximately three quarters of staff are active in either retail banking (a significant proportion of which is in Central and Eastern Europe and Africa), mobility and leasing, or a shared service centre in India and Romania, where levels of remuneration are lower than in investment banking activities in the major financial centers in Europe, the United States and Asia and in the corporate functions of the Group.

The total pay gaps between women and men can be explained, in particular, by the fact that there are proportionally significantly more men than women working in activities and professions associated with higher salaries (such as sales or trading in investment banking or IT professions). Women are in the majority in the retail banking workforce, where remuneration is lower. This difference is accentuated by the fact that a significant percentage of the Group’s retail banking activities are located in Central Europe (Czech Republic and Romania) where compensation is lower than in Western Europe and North America.

The calculation of the gross pay gaps between women and men reflects the gender distribution within the Group’s various business lines and geographical scopes. The Group has launched numerous groupwide initiatives as part of the diversity, equity and inclusion policy to increase the representation of women in the highest-paid activities, professions and functions and to make progress in terms of parity, recruitment, promotions, talent pool, career management, etc. (initiatives detailed in Chapter 5.4.1.3.1 “Providing the conditions for an equitable and inclusive culture”).

In addition, the Group has enshrined the principle of gender pay neutrality in its remuneration policy and regularly monitors its implementation groupwide to ensure equal treatment between women and men. A budget of EUR 100 million has been allocated groupwide to close the gender pay gap as part of the Group’s strategic plan.

Adequate wage

The Group strives to offer attractive, fair and sustainable remuneration to nurture employee loyalty and boost the Group’s performance over the long term. Within this context, the Group has incorporated the notion of an adequate wage into its approach to remuneration since 2023, taking into account the living wage references developed for each country and region of the world by the Fair Wage Network, a globally recognised NGO.

This living wage is defined as remuneration that allows employees to meet their essential needs and that of their family (food, housing, transport, children’s education, health costs, etc.) as well as allowing them to participate in social and cultural life and to build up precautionary savings. The level of the living wage for each country is determined according to the local context and criteria such as the size of the household and the average number of people likely to bring income into the household(6). The levels are readjusted regularly to take account of changing circumstances.

As a continuation of the work carried out previously, the Group analysed the fixed remuneration(7) of its employees(8) for 2024 worldwide, in the countries where the Group operates. Some deviations from the Fair Wage Network’s benchmark were identified during these analyses (in three subsidiaries) and corrective measures were decided upon and implemented.

At the end of 2024, there was no gap between employees’ fixed remuneration and the adequate wage, as determined in accordance with the applicable benchmarks (based on the living wages provided by the Fair Wage Network). In addition, no gap was reported in relation to the minimum wage set by national legislation or by collective bargaining if no minimum wage has been set by national legislation.

5.4.1.4.2Dialogue with employees and their representatives
Process for interacting with employees and their representatives
UNI Global Union Global Agreement

In 2023, maintaining the importance of social dialogue, the Group signed the renewal of a global agreement on the Group’s employee rights with the international federation UNI Global Union based on the previous agreements of 2015 and 2019. This agreement, valid for four years, reinforces the role of UNI Global Union in the Bank’s duty of care plan, introduces new rights for the Group’s employees, improves trade union rights and recognises the commitments made by the Bank in the light of the rise of new labour and human rights organisations. Under this agreement, the Group regularly communicates with UNI Global Union and an annual meeting to monitor commitments is held between UNI Global Union representatives, the management of the Group’s Human Resources Department, and representatives from the Group’s trade unions. A number of working meetings were held in 2024, the last of which was in October 2024.100% of the Group’s employees are covered by this global agreement.

Organisation of staff representation

Staff representation within the Group is organised as follows:

  • a European Group Committee: a forum for information, dialogue and exchange of views on economic, financial and social issues of strategic importance and of a transnational nature, which meets twice a year;
  • a Central Social and Economic Committee, with authority to take decisions in relation to Societe Generale SA in France. It meets at least five times a year and is responsible, in particular, for ensuring that employees express themselves collectively. It is informed of corporate projects in France and is also consulted on issues relating to knowledge of the Company’s general situation (strategic guidelines, strategic workforce planning, general training guidelines), the Company’s economic and financial situation and its social policy;
  • Social and Economic Committees within Societe Generale SA in France and within French subsidiaries, which can be consulted or informed about projects at an institutional level, as well as listening to employees’ concerns, in a spirit of continuous dialogue.

Specific means are made available to representative trade unions to communicate with employees, in accordance with the legislation in force in the various countries. For example, within Societe Generale SA in France, these include:

  • the distribution of leaflets to employees;
  • bulletin boards displaying union communications in the workplace;
  • each representative trade union organisation website can be accessed via the Company’s intranet;
  • union information meetings held with employees on working hours without loss of pay for the employee;
  • the option for employees to subscribe to representative trade union organisations’ mailing lists and to receive trade union communications via their work or personal email.

In terms of social dialogue, the Group demonstrates its commitment by signing a number of collective agreements with social partners, covering remuneration and employee benefits, working conditions (working hours, employment conditions, remote working, etc.), strategic company projects, labour relations practices and equality in the workplace. The content of these agreements is communicated to employees via internal communication campaigns and made available to employees on the Group’s intranet.

In 2024, 191 local agreements were signed within the Group, covering 68% of the workforce. Moreover, in France (the only country in the European Economic Area accounting for more than 10% of the Group’s workforce), 99.9% of employees are represented by trade unions or other forms of employee representative (such as Social and Economic Committees, elected committees, Works Councils, staff delegations, etc.).

In 2024, 99.3% of employees were in entities that considered social dialogue to be good or very good.

Systems to address negative impacts and channels for staff to raise concerns

The Group has set up systems to enable employees to express their opinions, in particular via the employee satisfaction survey and through a culture of dialogue.

Measuring employee engagement with the Employee Satisfaction Survey

The Group measures employee engagement through its Employee Satisfaction Survey, an annual, anonymous internal survey conducted throughout the Group. Employees are asked to freely express their opinion and impressions on a range of topics related to life at work. All answers are strictly confidential. The results are shared with employees and serve as the basis for drawing up action plans and putting together working groups involving employees in each of the Business and Service Units, with a view to continuous improvement. These action plans are then submitted to the Board of Directors.

The 2023 results led to actions on the following issues in the 2024 financial year:

  • engaging with Group strategy;
  • improving operational efficiency;
  • promoting wellbeing at work.

In 2024, 76% of the Group’s employees responded to the survey, a significant increase (+3 points) compared to the previous year. This new version of the survey gave the option of evaluating issues of commitment, efficiency, responsibility and prospects, with the following key figures:

  • the Group’s engagement rate increased slightly to 65%. This rate is included in the common objectives of the members of the Group Management Committee;
  • in terms of diversity, equality and inclusion, 88% of employees feel included and accepted for who they are;
  • 75% of employees feel that they have a good work-life balance;
  • 83% of respondents would systematically exercise their right to whistleblow if they witnessed, or were confronted with, inappropriate behaviour.
Fostering a culture of dialogue

The Group also invites all employees to have the courage to speak up, with the dual objective of identifying the best ideas and more easily detecting risks. In order to foster freedom of expression and active listening, mandatory training is provided together with workshops to raise awareness, guidelines on maintaining a culture of dialogue and practical fact sheets. Regular feedback is also practised within the Group to build an environment that is conducive to dialogue.

Promoting high standards of Culture and Conduct

The Group is vigilant when it comes to complying with regulations, internal rules and procedures, and the ethical principles governing its business activities. These principles are detailed in the Group’s Code of Conduct.

Having, in particular, coordinated the Group’s Culture and Conduct programme since 2021 alongside the Compliance Division, the Human Resources Department is particularly active in promoting ethical and responsible conduct on the part of individuals and teams that will translate into ethical and responsible business for the Group as a whole. To this end, it organises annual campaigns involving training, workshops, videos, articles and the like, designed to foster an environment in which appropriate conduct prevails, in line with the Group’s values (see section 5.5.1.1.1 “Ethics in business conduct”).

Addressing inappropriate behaviour

Introduced in 2019, a Group policy to combat inappropriate behaviour aims to prevent and combat any behaviour that contravenes the principles set out in the Group’s Code of Conduct. As part of its drive to stamp out inappropriate conduct, the Group has adopted a zero-tolerance stance on psychological harassment, sexual harassment and sexism in the workplace. It organises information campaigns and encourages employees to speak up to their line managers and/or to human resources contacts if they become aware of or experience any form of harassment. All Group employees receive mandatory training on the prevention of inappropriate behaviour. At the same time, the Group has put in place a plan focused on awareness and training involving, in particular, specific workshops for managers and employees to raise awareness of methods of preventing inappropriate behaviour. Human resources teams are trained to prevent, and deal with, these situations as best as possible. This policy is designed to ensure that people are aware that such behaviour is subject to disciplinary action (criminal sanctions in certain cases) and dismissal where required.

Benefiting from a whistleblowing procedure

Set up for the entire Group, the Whistleblowing procedure allows employees, members of the management bodies, Board Directors, shareholders or non-employees to confidentially report any situations of which they are aware that either breach the Group’s ethical standards or rules of business or could be illegal or contrary to applicable legislation (described in section 5.5.1.1.1 “Whistleblower protection”). This right to whistleblow can cover situations of inappropriate behaviour or supposed threats to the health and safety of people.

Applying a global disciplinary policy

Published in 2019, the global disciplinary policy formalises the Group’s principles and best practices in relation to sanctions (recognition of the right to make a mistake but zero tolerance on misconduct, collective decision-making on sanctions, proportionality, managers’ ultimate responsibility in upholding principles and enforcing sanctions, sanctions paired with corrective actions). This global policy translates into operating procedures and a record of disciplinary actions imposed in each Group entity. Key indicators relating to disciplinary actions are communicated to General Management.

Whistleblowing and incidents

In 2024, 310 alerts of inappropriate behaviour (psychological and sexual harassment, sexist behaviour, discrimination, violence at work, health and safety) were filed.

Alerts (or complaints) within the meaning of the right to whistleblow are analysed following a very strict process (see section 5.5.1.1.2 on the right to whistleblow). After examination of the alerts, the analysis determines whether or not there has been a breach either of the Group's internal rules or of a legal or regulatory obligation applicable to the Groupe, referred to as “incident”.

In 2024, 63 incidents were recorded and addressed within the Group on the grounds of discrimination, sexist acts, psychological and sexual harassment. They have all resulted in action plans, including disciplinary sanctions.

No human rights incidents were reported through internal whistleblowing channels or by trade unions.

The total amount of fines, penalties and compensation for damages related to cases of psychological harassment or discrimination within Societe Generale SA in France (resulting from convictions where judgments are final and no longer subject to appeal) was EUR 47,000 in 2024, i.e. two convictions for psychological harassment (EUR 35,000 and EUR 12,000). For entities outside France, operational constraints do not allow the collection of this data below a certain threshold.

5.4.1.4.3Contributing individually and collectively to actions with a positive impact

The Group offers employees the opportunity to participate in solidarity initiatives, via skills-based sponsorship programmes. In France, employees are allocated three days a year to spend with the Societe Generale Foundation’s partner associations working within its three fields of action (youth education and workplace integration, culture and environmental protection) or with a non-profit supported by one of the Group’s entities. The Group also held solidarity events such as those under the “Move for Youth” association: this internal sports and solidarity challenge was held for the fourth time in 2024 and mobilised nearly 22,000 employees in 62 countries (i.e. more than 17% of the Group’s employees) with the aim of supporting non-profits that work to advocate for young people and workplace integration.

The Group considers skills-based sponsorship as an opportunity to promote the commitment of its employees to show solidarity, in particular by working for the common good. In addition, skills-based sponsorship is also open to employees at the end of their careers via a specific scheme that allows for a long-term commitment (senior part-time). For example, at Societe Generale SA in France, 58 employees spent 15,187 days with non-profit organisations.

The number of days spent by employees on solidarity actions amounted to 11,364 for 11,513 employees within the Group.

In addition, Societe Generale encourages those who wish to join the army reserve forces and allows specific “civil service” leave for this purpose. Any Societe Generale SA employee in France can take leave for this purpose and must obtain the agreement of their manager if this leave surpasses ten days a year. Under an agreement signed by Societe Generale and the Ministry of the Armed Forces dated 10 December 2019, the Group goes beyond its regulatory requirements by continuing to pay compensation for the first ten days of leave for this purpose per year, whether consecutive or not.

5.5Business Conduct Information

5.5.1Management of material impacts related to business conduct

5.5.1.1Corporate culture in business conduct
5.5.1.1.1Ethics in business conduct

The Group oversees that business is conducted in an ethical and responsible manner. This matter is placed at the highest level of the Group’s governance. The Board of Directors:

  • determines the Group’s Activity Guidelines, ensures their implementation and reviews them at least once a year. These include the Group’s Code of Conduct, which it endorses;
  • reviews at least twice a year the activity and results of internal control, notably compliance monitoring, including compliance incidents and action plans;
  • shall also have all the relevant information on the evolution of risks, in particular in the fight against money laundering and the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT) and shall determine to this end the volume, form and frequency of the information transmitted to it. More specifically, it regularly reviews the AML/CFT policy, risk classification, systems and procedures, and their effectiveness, It is informed, at least once a year, of the activity and results of the internal controls in this area, of incidents and deficiencies, and of the corrective measures taken. It approves the report on internal control dedicated to AML/CFT. Debates in these different areas are prepared in advance by the Audit and Internal Control Committee;
  • ensures that a system for the prevention and detection of corruption and influence peddling is in place and receives all the necessary information for this purpose;
  • is informed of the “whistleblower” system in place and its development.

The Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing the results of the Compliance function’s annual exercises and reviewing Culture and Conduct indicators. It regularly reviews the dashboards on reputational and compliance risks as well as significant incidents that may affect the institution with regard to reputational and compliance risks. It also examines, at least semi-annually, the risks related to financial security, the AML/CFT policy, the arrangements and procedures put in place to address significant incidents and deficiencies in relation to AML/CFT and asset freezes.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee provides an annual update on matters related to customer protection; the integrity of markets and the implementation of GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) obligations; It is also responsible for reviewing compliance incidents and related action plans.

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee prepares for the Board of Directors’ consideration of issues relating to corporate culture.

Description of the corporate culture

The Group seeks to establish a culture of responsibility and apply strict control and compliance standards. It commits its employees to acting with integrity and in accordance with applicable law in all its activities.

Societe Generale has built a strong corporate culture based on its values, its Leadership Model and its Code of Conduct.

The Group’s values

The Group relies on four core values (Team Spirit, Innovation, Commitment, Responsibility) to nurture and promote a culture of responsibility and ethical behaviour throughout the Group, which are essential factors to achieve its strategic objective of sustainable performance.

These values feed into the Group’s Leadership Model, which defines the expected behaviours and skills that can be observed and assessed, tailored for each corporate level (executives, managers, employees) in order to align results and objectives.

The four values are translated into key competencies:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I030_HD.png

Employees’ annual objectives are set based on the four values of the Group’s Leadership Model. One of the values is attached to each behavioural objective, and employees can use the Leadership Model to formulate their annual objectives.

The Code of Conduct, a vehicle for the Group’s values

The Group conducts its operations in line with the values set out in the following major international conventions:

  • the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and its additional commitments;
  • the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Organization (ILO);
  • the UNESCO Convention concerning the protection of the world cultural and natural heritage;
  • the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development) Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises;
  • the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP).

These values are embedded in the Code of Conduct policy document covering all of the Group’s activities and countries in which it operates. Available in the main languages spoken in the Group, the Code of Conduct sets out a common framework for all activities. It forms the basis of professional ethics within the Group and formalises commitments to all internal and external stakeholders and the individual and collective professional behaviours expected. The Code of Conduct promotes respect for human rights and the environment and specifies the individual and collective professional behaviours expected through sections dealing with respect for confidentiality, the market integrity, the management of conflicts of interest, relations with all its stakeholders: customers, suppliers, supervisors and other supervisory authorities, and finally civil society. It also lays down principles on the prevention of corruption risks, the fight against money laundering, the financing of terrorism and tax evasion.

Culture and Conduct

The Group nurtures and promotes its corporate culture by integrating the Culture and Conduct dimensions into the activities of the Business Units and Service Units with annual roadmaps aligned with their strategic and risk management objectives. The Human Resources and Compliance functions ensure a steering role for the system and a solid and sustainable governance of the corporate culture. The Group strengthened its set up in 2024 creating a new role of Group Head of Culture and Conduct, reporting to General Management and responsible for supervising and promoting the design, implementation and application of ethical programmes and standards across the Group.

The Group deploys training, awareness-raising and communication initiatives on the themes of Culture and Conduct in various formats. The themes covered focused in particular on the promotion of the culture of dialogue.

The culture of responsibility is integrated into human resources, with the conduct of employees taken into account in their performance assessment, and the formalisation since 2019 of a disciplinary sanctions policy setting out the principles applicable to the management of misconduct and the recognition of the right to make mistakes.

Finally, the Group assesses its corporate culture through regular reviews of organisational maturity, risk management and indicators related to Culture and Conduct (employer barometer, training, whistleblowing right, conduct incidents). An annual presentation is made to the Board of Directors and regular reviews are carried out at the level of the Executive Committee to supervise the implementation and monitoring of the measures. 

These reviews are based in particular on:

  • an assessment of maturity in terms of corporate Culture and Conduct risk management taking into account the organisational focuses, communication, conduct risk management and processes influencing the corporate culture;
  • and indicators relating to both corporate culture (selection of results from the employer barometer, completion of training, use of the whistleblowing right) and conduct (conduct incidents, follow-up of alerts from the whistleblowing procedure).
Mechanisms in place to identify and address reports of unlawful behaviour or behaviour that breaches the Code of Conduct

Conduct incidents can be identified by management or through controls or the exercise of the whistleblowing right.

The process of reporting compliance incidents is governed by an ad hoc governance that makes it possible to report malfunctions that have occurred and to avoid the occurrence of incidents of the same nature, as presented in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance incidents”.

When conduct incidents are identified, they are investigated by teams with the means and expertise required for this type of investigation, either directly by experts or by the audit or general inspection (3rd line of defence) for complex cases or when the required investigative acts (e.g. access to certain tools, access to employee data, etc.) require it. The incidents actually identified as a result of these investigations are reviewed through Committees, such as the Compliance Incident Committee and the Audit and Internal Control Committee. All conduct incidents are also analysed as part of the annual Culture and Conduct report, presented to the Board of Directors.

In-house Culture and Conduct training

The annual training of employees on Culture and Conduct has been strengthened with the creation of a training course on ethics and conduct, consisting of three modules (Code of Conduct, Culture of Dialogue and Exercise of the Whistleblowing Right) distributed since December 2023. It complements the mandatory training courses carried out on all of the Group’s risks (corruption, money laundering and terrorist financing, market abuse, psychosocial risks, inappropriate conduct, etc.).

5.5.1.1.2Whistleblower protection
Group whistleblowing system

The Group’s whistleblowing system, accessible via the corporate website and the intranet, has been set up in France and internationally. It meets all French and international legal obligations, in particular the law of 9 December 2016, known as “Sapin 2” on transparency, the fight against corruption and the modernisation of economic life, as amended by the Waserman law of 21 March 2022, transposing Directive 2019/1937 of the European Union, aimed at improving the protection of whistleblowers, and also the law of 27 March 2017 on the duty of vigilance of parent companies and contracting companies.

The Group’s whistleblowing system allows the parties involved to report suspected violations or attempted cover-ups related to human rights, health, safety, the environment or situations contrary to the Group’s Code of Conduct. This mechanism is open to employees, management, shareholders, business partners and other stakeholders who have a relationship with the Group. It is complementary to and does not replace the complaints and mediation system set up exclusively for the Bank’s customers.

The Group prohibits all forms of retaliation or discriminatory measures against whistleblowers in good faith, in particular by respecting the choice of anonymity of the issuer of a report and by ensuring strict confidentiality regarding the identity of whistleblowers. The awareness campaigns on the whistleblowing right carried out for all employees recall the measures that the Group is taking to guarantee the protection of whistleblowers.

Annual training and awareness campaigns on the right to whistleblow

The Group deploys annual training and awareness raising campaigns to inform employees about the whistleblowing system and its challenges. All employees receive training on the whistleblowing right at least once a year. These training sessions explain the protection afforded to whistleblowers and include a module on ethics and conduct, helping employees to report incidents through the appropriate channels. Managers and whistleblowing managers undergo detailed training on the management of reports, focusing on best practices (confidentiality, anonymity, prohibition of retaliation).

Alert processing

The whistleblowing system ensures that alerts are handled securely, regardless of whether they are made anonymously or not, via a confidential reporting channel on a dedicated external platform (WhistleB tool) that ensures the protection of personal data. All alerts are reviewed and investigated by qualified experts (Compliance, Audit, Human Resources), in application of the “need to know” principle. In the event of identified incidents, thorough investigations are carried out by specialised teams with the necessary resources and corrective actions are implemented. 

5.5.1.2Corruption prevention and detection
5.5.1.2.1Anti-Corruption Policies

Societe Generale is fully committed to fighting corruption, in particular by participating in the Wolfsberg Group and the UN Global Compact. The Group promotes a culture of compliance in which no form of corruption or influence peddling is tolerated. The management body’s commitment to zero tolerance for the risk of corruption is regularly expressed in communications to the Group' staff.

Societe Generale Code on the fight against corruption and influence peddling

The code governing the fight against corruption and influence peddling is integrated into the Group’s Internal Rules. It defines and illustrates the situations to be avoided and those that should alert as being likely to characterise acts of corruption. This code is aligned with Societe Generale’s values and the United Nations Convention against Corruption.

As part of its system for preventing corruption risks, the Group has identified the employees most exposed to the risk of corruption in order to provide them with appropriate training.

The criteria for defining the employees most exposed to the risk of corruption are described in the Group’s internal normative documentation. It details the employees concerned among:

  • the governing bodies;
  • sales managers;
  • employees in charge of purchasing;
  • employees with notarial power of attorney or who are identified as interest representatives.

In addition to these criteria, it is specified in the Societe Generale Code that other criteria may be added at the level of each Business Unit, Service Unit or Legal Entity depending on the results of their risk mapping and their specificities.

Internal mechanisms for the prevention and detection of corruption

The Group’s system for preventing and detecting cases of corruption includes (1) a Code of Conduct, (2) a risk mapping, (3) a training system, (4) third-party evaluation procedures, (5) accounting control procedures, (6) a control framework, (7) a disciplinary regime and (8) a whistleblowing system.

Prevention is based on the definition of a normative framework, the implementation of risk mapping and the deployment of a training and awareness-raising policy.

The Group defines strict principles through the Code of Conduct, a framework applicable to all of the Group’s activities and subsidiaries and the Code Governing the Fight Against Corruption and Influence Peddling, which are available on the Group’s corporate website. This Code defines and illustrates the situations to be proscribed and those that should alert as being likely to characterise acts of corruption.

The principles defined through these codes are set out in internal policies and procedures formalised in the Group’s Normative Documentation and reviewed annually. Their deployment within the Group is ensured through a dedicated tool (called “MyP&P”).

Internal norms and policies governing the fight against corruption covers the following areas:

  • the obligations to evaluate third parties through the requirement of specific due diligence, whether they are customers, suppliers or partners (in particular beneficiaries of patronage and sponsorship actions);
  • contractual policy;
  • mergers and acquisitions activities;
  • interest representation activities;
  • the rules applicable to business gifts and external events;
  • human resources (recruitment, mobility, professional assessment, remuneration, disciplinary framework);
  • conflict of interest situations.

The set up of third-party assessments, including screening and analysis processes implemented at the start of the relationship and then on a periodic basis, aim to enable appropriate risk management decisions to be taken, including termination of the relationship if necessary.

The detection systems are based on monitoring mechanisms (operational controls and specific accounting controls), second-level controls carried out by independent teams and the work of the Group Inspection and Audit Department. The alert system is also a detection channel.

The systems for managing and reporting compliance incidents deal with cases of corruption. The process for reporting compliance incidents is based, in particular, on the Compliance Incident Committees held at intermediate levels for the business pillars and at the consolidated level for the Group. The presentation of incidents (suspected or proven cases) is systematically accompanied by corrective action plans with the aim of preventing the occurrence of new incidents of the same nature. The monitoring indicators and rules for reporting incidents through these Committees allow the various governance bodies to be informed. The Group Compliance Incidents Committee informs the following bodies of major incidents: the executive body through the Group Compliance Committee, the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee in the Group Compliance dashboard and the Supervisor where applicable.

The Group also has several tools at its disposal, such as the Gifts and Hospitality Reporting tool (GEMS), the Whistleblowing management tool (WhistleB), the annual conflict of interest declaration tool (DACI), the Risky Manual Ledger Entry Selection tool (OSERIS) and the Standards Deployment Monitoring tool (MyP&P).

Training programmes on the prevention and detection of corruption

Societe Generale has set up a structured training programme to raise awareness and equip its employees to deal with corruption risks, by offering modules adapted to their level of exposure.

Societe Generale has set up a training plan for the fight against corruption, consisting of five modules:

  • “All staff” training;
  • training of employees most exposed to corruption risks (Most Exposed Persons);
  • training of employees in charge of mitigating the risk of corruption;
  • training of Board Directors of SG SA and subsidiaries;
  • training of the Group’s Accounting and Finance Departments.

Basic training, covering the fundamental principles of the fight against corruption, is provided in an e-learning format, which is mandatory for all employees.

For At-risk functions, the Group identifies the categories of employees most exposed to the risk of corruption in order to provide them with appropriate training. These categories are defined on the basis of the following criteria: membership of the governing bodies, sales managers, purchasing managers, employees with notarial power or who are among the interest representatives.

Employees identified as “Most Exposed Persons” benefit from in-depth training, face-to-face or e-learning, tailored to their specific industries and responsibilities. Accounting auditors also receive training in the form of e-learning every three years, to strengthen their understanding and role in anti-corruption governance, thus contributing to rigorous supervision and control within the Group. Employees responsible for risk mitigation functions (Anti-Bribery and Corruption (ABC) Managers, ABC Compliance Officers and other Anti-Bribery Compliance staff) attend certification training, such as the Association of Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialist (ACAMS) modules.

For the Directors of the SG SA entity, the training is required every two years and is provided by the Group’s ABC Manager.

Participants

At-Risk Functions 
(“MEP” Most Exposed Persons)

Governance bodies

All staff(1)

Face-to-face

Online training

Face-to-face

Online training

Total (Targeted)

5,824

4,310

16

118,601

Total Participants

5,569

4,299

16

117,320

Percentage of coverage

95.60%

99.70%

100%

98.90%

Format and duration

ABC Training – Most exposed staff to corruption risks

2 hours

 

 

 

Fight Against Corruption – Most Exposed People (MEP)

 

40 minutes

 

 

Fight Against Corruption – Group

 

 

 

40 minutes

Fight Against Corruption – Group

 

 

2 hours

 

Frequency

ABC Training – Most exposed staff to corruption risks

Once for the new ABC MEP

 

 

 

E-learning MEP

 

Every 2 years

 

 

ABC face to face training AMSB

 

 

Every 2 years

 

E-learning All Staff

 

 

 

Every 2 years

  • (1)All staff includes At-Risk functions and concerns all employees and non-employees (excluding self-employed)

The figures for employees trained as of 30 September 2024 correspond to a training campaign started and finished in 2024.

5.5.1.2.2Acts of corruption

Societe Generale has not been convicted or fined for any acts of corruption in 2024.

5.5.1.3Supplier relations
5.5.1.3.1Policies and management of relations with suppliers
Description of approaches to supplier relations, taking into account supply chain risks and impacts on Sustainability issues

The Sourcing Function, led by the Group Head of Sourcing, handles the commercial and contractual aspects of all of the Group’s external commitments other than payroll expenses.

Societe Generales’s Sourcing Function plays an important role in implementing the Group’s CSR strategy. It helps give tangible form to the Group’s values and strives to ensure the Group’s environmental and social (E&S) commitments are achieved.

In place since 2006, the responsible sourcing policy covers all stakeholders in the value chain (vendors, buyers and suppliers, including SMEs) and has two main strands:

  • upholding the Duty of Care Plan;
  • promoting positive-impact sourcing strategies.

The Group’s sourcing practices are part of a continuous improvement approach and are annexed to the global agreement on fundamental rights with UNI Global Union.

To support these ambitions, the Group’s normative documentation on sustainable sourcing sets out how E&S risks are managed within the Group.

The Group’s efforts are recognised through the award of the Responsible Supplier Relations Label awarded by the French National Ombudsman (Médiation des entreprises) and National Procurement Council (Conseil National des achats). This certification, underpinned by ISO 20400, attests to Societe Generale’s commitment to the sustainable purchasing policy it has pursued with its suppliers for over 15 years. The Group has been awarded “exemplary” status in managing risk, seeking out CSR opportunities and adding CSR considerations to its expressions of requirements when preparing calls for tender.

Proven or potential E&S impact management system

Operational implementation of the normative documentation and management of E&S impacts at all stages of the sourcing process are based on a set of tools to identify, assess and manage E&S impacts at the level of the product or service purchased and the supplier or service provider. These tools are used for purchases managed by the Group Head of Sourcing and at least for high risk categories with regards to purchases managed by the Sourcing Function in other countries. They are gradually being phased in across the Group.

Mapping and assessment of intrinsic E&S risks by purchasing category

The intrinsic E&S risk mapping by purchasing category covers more than 150 subcategories of banking sector procurement. The assessment of the level of risk for each category of purchases is based on three axes: fair practices and ethics, environment, as well as human rights and social conditions.

The categories of purchases with the highest levels of E&S risks are those related to building works (renovation or fitting out, but also the construction of new buildings), waste management and telephone and IT equipment.

To identify and assess inherent E&S risks, the Group Head of Sourcing draws primarily on:

  • identifying the level of E&S risks for purchasing categories using the dedicated E&S risk mapping tool;
  • including E&S criteria in calls for tender involving purchasing categories ranked as medium-high or high E&S risk, at least covering the scope of procurement overseen by the Group Head of Sourcing and, since 2021, for calls for tenders conducted by the Sourcing Function in other countries involving purchasing categories ranked as high E&S risk;
  • including E&S criteria in the KYS (Know Your Supplier) assessment for shortlisted suppliers, including verifying compliance with the E&S exclusion list;
  • the extra-financial assessment carried out by independent third parties of certain “targeted” suppliers (suppliers accounting for a significant purchasing volume at Group level);
  • identifying whether a Group supplier represents a potential source of E&S controversy, strengthened since 2022, thanks in particular to the monitoring in a dedicated tool for identification and analysis of ESG controversies of approximately 600 suppliers “targeted” and/or presenting a medium or high E&S risk for procurement overseen by the Purchasing Division in France, and a high E&S risk for procurement overseen by the Sourcing Function in other countries.
Actions to prevent and mitigate risks of intrinsic E&S impairment in relations with suppliers and subcontractors

In addition to the measures to identify and assess inherent E&S risks when conducting business in the sourcing process, various actions to prevent and mitigate inherent E&S risks in this area have been implemented, and consist of:

  • including, in calls for tender E&S requirements covering the main risks for the purchasing categories identified in the risk mapping, at least for the purchasing categories ranked as medium-high or high E&S risk for procurement overseen by the Purchasing Division in France and, since 2021, for calls for tenders conducted by the Sourcing Function in other countries involving purchasing categories ranked as high E&S risk;
  • weighting E&S criteria according to the degree of E&S risk represented by the purchasing category in question, according to the rating criteria for service or product bids;
  • the integration of a CSR clause in the contract models of the Group Head of Sourcing and the Sourcing Function in other countries, which includes the contractual commitment related to compliance with the Responsible Sustainable Sourcing Charter, principles at least equivalent to those set out in the Group’s Code of Conduct, as well as the possibility of carrying out on-site E&S audits;
  • if E&S performance is considered insufficient:
    • -incentive the implementation of remedial action plans,
    • -monitoring of review of controversies and changes in extra-financial ratings,
    • -option to conduct on-site E&S audits.
Training and incentives for purchasing managers for effective collaboration with suppliers

To support the effective implementation of these measures, specific training courses on Responsible Sourcing and E&S risk management tools are provided to all professional buyers in the Group Head of Sourcing. These training courses were adapted and extended to buyers in the Sourcing Function in other countries and to entities that are likely to regularly manage purchases and that express a need for the training.

A Supplier Relationship Management (SRM) programme has been set up by the Group Head of Sourcing to deepen the relationship and identify future development opportunities with the most strategic suppliers for the Group.

Finally, operational CSR objectives are integrated into the process of evaluating the performance of the Group Head of Sourcing’s professional buyers according to the challenges of the purchasing categories for which they are responsible.

5.5.1.3.2Payment Practices

Societe Generale promotes a responsible approach in relations with its suppliers and implements a set of measures aimed at optimising payment terms for the Group’s suppliers. The “Responsible Sourcing and Supplier Relations” label, which the Group has held since 2012, recognises the quality of supplier relationship management within the Group.

The Group’s commitment to compliance with payment deadlines is formalised in:

  • the Group's internal normative documentation (Code Societe Generale);
  • all contracts signed with suppliers, which include a commitment clause concerning payment terms;
  • information via the Group's website, which is aimed at suppliers and highlights the Group's commitments regarding payment terms.

As of 2020, the strategy of digitising the invoices received as well as the implementation of a policy, known as “No Purchase Order, no Pay”, requiring the issuance of an order number for all purchases and reminding suppliers of the requirement to include it on the invoice, have improved payment processes. The Group has channels that allow for differentiated processing (invoicing correspondents, dematerialised platform, channel dedicated to urgent payments), which can be effective in the relationship with small suppliers, SMEs or local suppliers as well as in the management of sensitive suppliers.

Payment management takes into account criteria such as the age of the invoice, the supplier’s situation or the sensitivity of the purchasing category in order to speed up processing.

The table below provides a summary of the key metrics related to payment terms:

Country

Proportion to the Group’s total invoices(1)

Average payment time (days)

Percentage of payments aligned with Group practices(2)

SG Group(1)

100%

31

89%

France

48%

38

87%

Czech Republic

22%

14

93%

Romania

6%

23

90%

Germany

4%

24

93%

India

3%

30

93%

United Kingdom

2%

29

92%

United States of America

2%

44

81%

Spain

2%

52

78%

Netherlands

2%

38

91%

Luxembourg

1%

38

87%

Hong Kong

1%

50

79%

  • (1)The first line of this table “SG Group” is equal to the total for all countries. Only entities representing more than 1% of the total scope are listed in the table above.
  • (2)Payments are managed within a period of 60 days from the date of the invoice (according to the French Law) or in compliance with the contractual deadline .

The scope of the invoices paid for this first publication is limited to overheads. The scope of the entities includes the PTP (Procure to Pay – Shared Service Centre managing the payment of invoices for 68 subsidiaries and branches and Societe Generale SA) and the subsidiaries Ayvens, Komerční Banka (Czech Republic), BRD (Romania), Franfinance, Boursorama and Sogécap which have their own solution. This represents 83% of the amount of the Group’s overheads. In 2024, across the Group, there are five ongoing legal proceedings concerning late payments: two in France, two in Sweden and one in Turkey.

5.6Lookup tables

5.6.1Lookup table listing data points required by other EU legislation

This cross-reference lookup table is intended to help the reader find the main ESRS data points related to the information required by European Union legislative acts other than the CSRD or its delegated acts (ESRS). This cross-reference table is based on Appendix B of ESRS 2. The label of the data points mentioned in column ‘publication requirement’ stemming from different legislative acts may differ from the exact designation of the datapoint as required by the ESRS. In case of discrepancy, mentioned by an asterisk for the published datapoints, please refer to the designation and content of the corresponding paragraph in ESRS standards as referenced in the first column. 

For the datapoints published in the sustainability statement, the corresponding pages are presented in the column ‘publication’. The non-publication of a datapoint is also mentioned; it concerns indicators that are not material, not applicable to the Group activities or subject to phase-in provisions in the ESRS standards.

ESRS and paragraph

Publication requirement

SFDR Reference

Pillar 3 Reference

Benchmarks Regulation Reference

European Climate Law

Publication

ESRS 2 GOV-1 § 21 d)

Board’s gender diversity*

X

 

X

 

 5.1.4.2

ESRS 2 GOV-1 § 21 e)

Percentage of Board members who are independent

 

 

X

 

 Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024

ESRS 2 GOV-4 § 30

Statement on due diligence

X

 

 

 

 5.1.4.7

ESRS 2-SBM-1 § 40 d) i)

Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities

X

X

X

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM-1 § 40 d) ii)

Involvement in activities related to chemical production

X

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM-1 § 40 d) iii)

Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons

X

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM-1 § 40 d) iv)

Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco

 

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS E1-1 § 14

Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050*

 

 

 

X

 5.3.2

ESRS E1-1 § 16 g)

Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned Benchmarks

 

X

X

 

 5.3.2.1

ESRS E1-4 § 34

GHG emission reduction targets

X

X

X

 

 5.3.2.2.1 and  5.3.2.3 

ESRS E1-5 § 38

Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources (only high climate impact sectors)

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-5 § 37

Energy consumption and mix

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-5 § 40-43

Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-6 § 44

Gross scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions

X

X

X

 

 5.3.4

ESRS E1-6 § 53 to 55

Gross GHG emissions intensity

X

X

X

 

Not published

ESRS E1-7 § 56

GHG removals and carbon credits

 

 

 

X

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 66

Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks

 

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 66 a)

Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk

 

X

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 66 c)

Location of significant assets at material physical risk

 

X

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 67 c)

Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy efficiency classes

 

X

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 69

Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate- related opportunities

 

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS E2-4 § 28

Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation (European Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) emitted to air, water and soil

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-1 § 9

Water and marine resources

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-1 § 13

Dedicated policy

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-1 § 14

Sustainable oceans and seas

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-4 § 28 c)

Total water recycled and reused

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-4 § 29

Total water consumption in m3 per net revenue on own operations

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM 3 – E4 § 16 a) i)

 

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM 3 – E4 § 16 b)

 

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM 3 – E4 §16 c)

 

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E4-2 § 24 b)

Sustainable land/agriculture practices or policies

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E4-2 § 24 c)

Sustainable oceans/seas practices or policies

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E4-2 § 24 d)

Policies to address deforestation

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E5-5 § 37 d)

Non-recycled waste

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E5-5 § 39

Hazardous and radioactive waste

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM 3 – S1 § 14 f)

Risk of incidents of forced labour

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM3 – S1 § 14 g)

Risk of incidents of child labour

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S1-1 § 20

Human rights policy commitments*

X

 

 

 

 5.4.1.1.2

ESRS S1-1 § 21

Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8*

 

 

X

 

 5.4.1.1.2

ESRS S1-1 § 22

Processes and measures for preventing trafficking in human beings

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S1-1 § 23

Workplace accident prevention policy or management system*

x

 

 

 

 Health and safety

ESRS S1-3 § 32 c)

Grievance/complaints handling mechanisms*

x

 

 

 

 Systems to address negative impacts and channels for staff to raise concerns

ESRS S1-14 § 88 b) & c)

Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related accidents

x

 

x

 

Not published

ESRS S1-14 § 88 e)

Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities or illness

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S1-16 § 97 a)

Unadjusted gender pay gap

X

 

X

 

 Total pay gap between women and men

ESRS S1-16 § 97 b)

Excessive CEO pay ratio*

X

 

 

 

 Total pay gap between women and men

ESRS S1-17 § 103 a)

Incidents of discrimination*

X

 

 

 

 Whistleblowing and incidents

ESRS S1-17 § 104 a)

Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD Guidelines*

X

 

X

 

 Whistleblowing and incidents

ESRS 2-SBM3 – S2 § 11 b)

Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S2-1 § 17

Human rights policy commitments

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S2-1 § 18

Policies related to value chain workers

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S2-1 § 19

Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD guidelines

X

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS S2-1 § 19

Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8

 

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS S2-4 § 36

Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream value chain

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S3-1 § 16

Human rights policy commitments

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S3-1 § 17

Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles or OECD guidelines

X

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS S3-4 § 36

Human rights issues and incidents

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S4-1 § 16

Policies related to consumers and end-users

X

 

 

 

 5.4.2.2.1

ESRS S4-1 § 17

Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines*

X

 

X

 

 Respect for, and commitments to, human rights

ESRS S4-4 § 35

Human rights issues and incidents

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS G1-1 § 10 b)

United Nations Convention against Corruption

X

 

 

 

 Societe Generale Code on the fight against corruption and influence peddling

ESRS G1-1 § 10 d)

Protection of whistle-blowers

X

 

 

 

 5.5.1.1.2

ESRS G1-4 § 24 a)

Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws

X

 

X

 

 5.5.1.2.2

ESRS G1-4 § 24 b)

Standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery*

X

 

 

 

 5.5.1.2

5.7Report on the certification of sustainability information and verification of the disclosure requirements under Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852

(For the year ended 31 December 2024)

This is a translation into English of the Statutory Auditors’ report on the certification of sustainability information and verification of the disclosure requirements under Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the Company issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and the H2A guidelines on “Limited assurance engagement - Certification of sustainability reporting and verification of disclosure requirements set out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852”.

Société Générale
29, Boulevard Haussmann
75009 Paris, France

To the Shareholders,

This report is issued in our capacity as Statutory Auditors of Société Générale. It covers the sustainability information and the information required by Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, relating to the financial year ended 31 December 2024 and included in sections 5.1 to 5.6 of chapter 5 “Sustainability statement” of the Group’s management report (hereafter “the sustainability statement”).

Pursuant to Article L.233-28-4 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), Société Générale is required to include the abovementioned information in a separate section of the Group’s management report. This information has been prepared in the context of the first-time application of the aforementioned articles, a context characterised by uncertainties regarding the interpretation of the legal texts, the use of significant estimates, the absence of established practices and frameworks, in particular for the double materiality assessment, and an evolving internal control system. It enables an understanding of the impact of the Group’s activity on sustainability matters, as well as the way in which these matters influence the development of its business, performance and position. Sustainability matters include environmental, social and corporate governance matters.

Pursuant to II of Article L.821-54 of the aforementioned Code, our responsibility is to carry out the procedures necessary to issue a conclusion, expressing limited assurance, on:

  • compliance with the sustainability reporting standards adopted pursuant to Article 29 ter of Directive (EU) 2013/34 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022 (hereinafter ESRS for European Sustainability Reporting Standards) of the process implemented by Société Générale to determine the information reported, and compliance with the requirement to consult the social and economic committee provided for in the sixth paragraph of Article L.2312-17 of the French Labour Code (Code du travail);
  • compliance of the information included in the sustainability statement with the requirements of Article L.233-28-4 of the French Commercial Code, including with the ESRS; and
  • compliance with the requirements set out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.

This engagement is carried out in compliance with the ethical rules, including those on independence, and quality control, prescribed by the French Commercial Code.

It is also governed by the H2A guidelines on limited assurance engagements on the certification of sustainability information and verification of disclosure requirements set out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.

In the three separate parts of the report that follow, we present, for each of the parts covered by our engagement, the nature of the procedures we carried out, the conclusions we drew from these procedures and, in support of these conclusions, the elements to which we paid particular attention and the procedures we carried out with regards to these elements. We draw your attention to the fact that we do not express a conclusion on any of these elements taken in isolation and that the procedures described should be considered in the overall context of the formation of the conclusions issued in respect of each of the three parts of our engagement.

Finally, where deemed necessary to draw your attention to one or more items of sustainability information provided by Société Générale in the Group management report, we have included an emphasis of matter paragraph hereafter.

The limits of our engagement

As the purpose of our engagement is to provide limited assurance, the nature (choice of techniques), extent (scope) and timing of the procedures are less than those required to obtain reasonable assurance.

Furthermore, this engagement does not provide a guarantee regarding the viability or the quality of the management of Société Générale; in particular, it does not provide an assessment of the relevance of the choices made by Société Générale in terms of action plans, targets, policies, scenario analyses and transition plans, that would go beyond compliance with the ESRS reporting requirements.

It does, however, allow us to express conclusions regarding the process for determining the sustainability information to be reported, the sustainability information itself, and the information reported pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, as to the absence of identification or, on the contrary, the identification of errors, omissions or inconsistencies of such importance that they would be likely to influence the decisions that readers of the information subject to this engagement might make.

Any comparative information that would be included in the sustainability statement are not covered by our engagement.

Compliance with the ESRS of the process implemented by Société Générale to determine the information reported, and compliance with the requirement to consult the social and economic committee provided for in the sixth paragraph of Article L.2312-17 of the French Labour Code

5.8Duty of care plan

5.8.1Introduction

5.8.1.1Purpose

Societe Generale Group is subject to French legislation enacted on 27 March 2017 on duty of care for parent and subcontracting companies (the Duty of Care Act). The law requires the Group to prepare and implement a duty of care plan to identify risks and prevent serious breaches of human rights, fundamental freedoms, or damage to the health, safety and security of persons and the environment as a result of its activities. In particular, in accordance with the law, this plan must include a mapping of risks of violations (section 5.8.2), regular assessment procedures of these risks (section 5.8.3); suitable actions to mitigate serious risks or prevent serious violations (section 5.8.4); a whistleblowing system to report any violations (section 5.8.5); a procedure to monitor the measures taken and assess their effectiveness (section 5.8.6). In addition to the legal requirements, the Group wanted to summarise the outlook and the expected developments (section 5.8.7).

Since its introduction, the enactment of the duty of care law has been an opportunity for the Societe Generale Group to strengthen its existing vigilance framework as part of a continuous improvement process.

5.8.1.2Scope of application

The Group’s duty of care approach has been built on the basis of the corresponding reference texts. Accordingly, risks related to human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety were identified based in particular on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) and the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Organization. The standard reference document for identifying environmental risks is the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development (1992). This duty of care approach covers Societe Generale and consolidated companies over which Societe Generale exercises exclusive control, (hereinafter the “Group”).

The Group’s duty of care approach is structured around three sub-scopes:

  • Group employees: aiming to prevent or mitigate the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms or the health and safety of Group employees;
  • Group suppliers and subcontractors with which it maintains an established commercial relationship: aiming to manage or mitigate the risk of serious breaches of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security and the environment associated with the activities of the Group’s suppliers and direct subcontractors(9) (i.e. level 1);
  • Group activities: aiming to prevent the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security and the environment that are directly associated with the products and services provided by the Group.
5.8.1.3Governance of the duty of care plan

The Duty of Care Plan was drawn up by the Sustainable Development Department, the Compliance Division, the Human Resources (HR) Department and the Sourcing Division, in coordination with the Legal Department and the Group Security Division. This document is presented to General Management every year; it is also included in the Management Report prepared by the Board of Directors and published in the Universal Registration Document.

The roll-out of the vigilance approach is coordinated by the Sustainable Development Department, the Human Resources Department, the Sourcing Division and the Compliance Division. The Business Units and Service Units are responsible for implementing the plan within their scope.

The Duty of Care Plan was devised in accordance with the principle of continuous improvement. It evolves on the basis of the results of the risk mapping, the updating of policies and internal procedures and tools for managing these risks, changes in activities and new environmental and social commitments made by the Group.

6Financial information

Information on categories of risks, the risk management linked to financial instruments as well as information on capital management and compliance with regulatory ratios, required by IFRS as adopted by the European Union, are disclosed in Chapter 4 ("Risk and Capital Adequacy")  of the present Universal Registration Document.

The main characteristics of Societe Generale stock-option plans and free share plans are disclosed in Chapter 3 of the present Universal Registration Document (Corporate governance).

This information belongs to the notes to the consolidated financial statements and has been audited by Statutory Auditors; it is identified as such in Chapters 3 and 4 of the present Universal Registration Document.

6.1Consolidated financial statements

6.1.1Consolidated balance sheet – Assets

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Cash, due from central banks

 

201,680

223,048

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Notes 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4

526,048

495,882

Hedging derivatives

Notes 3.2 and 3.4

9,233

10,585

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Notes 3.3 and 3.4

96,024

90,894

Securities at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

32,655

28,147

Due from banks at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

84,051

77,879

Customer loans at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

454,622

485,449

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

Note 3.2

(292)

(433)

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

Note 4.3

615

459

Tax assets

Note 6

4,687

4,717

Other assets

Note 4.4

70,903

69,765

Non-current assets held for sale

Note 2.5

26,426

1,763

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

398

227

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 8.3

61,409

60,714

Goodwill

Note 2.2

5,086

4,949

Total

 

1,573,545

1,554,045

6.2Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025.

Note 1MAIN accounting principles
Note 1.1Introduction
SOC2019-picto-referentiel_HD.png

Accounting standards

Under EU Regulation 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002 on the application of International Accounting Standards, the Societe Generale group (“the Group”) prepared its consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024 in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and in force at that date. The Group includes the Societe Generale parent company (including the Societe Generale foreign branches) and all the entities in France and abroad that it controls either directly or indirectly (subsidiaries and joint arrangements) or on which it exercises significant influence (associates).

These standards are available on the European Commission website.

In accordance with the transitional measures provided by IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue accounting for hedging transactions under IAS 39 as adopted by the European Union, including the provisions related to macro-fair value hedge accounting (IAS 39 “carve-out”).

SOC2019-picto-etatsFi_HD.png

Financial statements presentation

As the IFRS framework does not prescribe a standard model, the format used for the primary financial statements is consistent with the format proposed by the French Accounting Standard setter – Autorité des Normes Comptables (ANC) – under Recommendation No. 2022-01 of 8 April 2022.

The information provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (“Notes”) is essentially both relevant and material to the Group’s financial statements, businesses and circumstances in which they were carried out during the period under review.

The Group publishes its 2024 Annual Financial Report using the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) as specified by the amended Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815.

SOC2019-picto-euro_HD.png

PRESENTATION
CURRENCY

The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is the euro.

The amounts presented in the financial statements and Notes are expressed in millions of euros, unless otherwise specified. The effect of rounding may generate discrepancies between the figures reported in the financial statements and those reported in the Notes.

Picto Main-Fleurs SG_HD.png

Connectivity between the financial statements and the Sustainability statement

Pursuant to French Ordinance n°2023-1142 of 6 December 2023 on the transposition in French law of Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022 (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive) and of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 of 31 July 2023 (European Sustainability Reporting Standards), the Group prepared for the first time a Sustainability statement on the 2024 financial year. Direct or indirect links with the consolidated financial statements are shown in the Sustainability statement wherever the latter includes financial information.

Note 1.2New accounting standards applied by the SG Group as of 1 January 2024
SOC2019-picto-newNormes_HD.png

Amendments to IFRS 16 “Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback” (available for early adoption in 2023).

Amendments to IFRS 16 “Lease liability in a sale and leaseback”

These amendments provide clarifications on the subsequent measurement of leaseback transactions when the original sale of the asset meets the criteria of IFRS 15 “Revenue from contract with customers” for recognition as a sale. These amendments specify in particular how to subsequently measure the lease liability arising from these leaseback transactions, made of variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate.

These amendments have no material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 1.3Accounting standards, amendments or interpretations to be subsequently applied by the SG Group

The IASB published accounting standards and amendments, some of which not yet adopted by the European Union on 31 December 2024. They will enter into force for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2025 at the earliest or from the date of their adoption. They were not therefore applied by the Group as at 31 December 2024.

The provisional timetable for the application of the standards with the highest impact for the Group is as follows:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I039_HD.png
Amendment to IAS 21 “The effects of changes in foreign exchange rates”

Published on 15 August 2023.

These amendments specify the circumstances in which a currency is exchangeable (or not) into another currency, and how to determine the exchange rate to apply when a currency is not exchangeable. They also add to the list of supplementary information to be disclosed in the annex to the financial statements when a currency is not exchangeable.

The provisions of these amendments are already applied to the preparation of the Group’s financial statements.

Amendments to IFRS 9 “Amendments to the classification and measurement of financial instruments”

Published on 30 May 2024.

These amendments clarify the classification of financial assets, in particular with regard to how to assess whether contractual cash flows of a financial asset are consistent with a basic lending arrangement. They thus clarify the classification of financial assets with environmental, social and governance (ESG)-linked features.

They also include specifications regarding the classification of contractually linked instruments and of financial assets guaranteed solely by security rights.

Furthermore, these amendments also specify how to apply the derecognition of financial assets settled through electronic payment systems.

New disclosures are also required on the investments in equity instruments originally designated at fair value through other comprehensive income, and the financial assets and liabilities with contingent features, such as those with ESG-linked features.

The amendments should have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 “Contracts referencing nature-dependent electricity” (PPA and VPPA)

Published on 18 December 2024.

The IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 relating to contracts referencing nature-dependent electricity the produced quantity of which is subject to hazard and variability.

The contracts concerned can be settled:

  • through contracts to buy or sell nature-dependent electricity: Power Purchase Agreements (PPA);
  • virtually settled net for the difference between the contractually agreed price and the market price: Virtual Power Purchase Agreements (VPPA).

These amendments clarify the conditions for the application of the own use exemption which allows for the exclusion of the Group-owned PPAs from the application scope of IFRS 9.

These amendments should have no material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

IFRS 18 “Presentation and disclosure in financial statements”

Published on 9 April 2024.

This standard will supersede IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”.

It will not change the rules for recognising assets, liabilities, income and expenses, nor their measurement; it only addresses their presentation in the Primary financial statements and in their related notes.

The main changes introduced by this new standard affect the income statement. The latter will have to be structured by mandatory sub-totals and articulated in three categories of income and expenses: the operating income and expenses, investment income and expenses, and financing income and expenses.

For entities, for which investing in particular types of assets or providing financing to customers is one of their main business activities, such as banking and insurance entities, the standard provides for an appropriate presentation of the income and expenses relating to these activities under the operating income and expenses.

IFRS 18 also requires presenting in the notes management-defined performance measures (MPMs), i.e. alternative measures defined by the Management of the entity and used for public communication (justification of the use of these measures, calculation method, reconciliation with the subtotals required by the standard).

Finally, the standard provides guidance on how to aggregate and disaggregate material information in the primary financial statements and in the related notes.

The application of IFRS 18 will be required for annual periods beginning on 1 January 2027; this application will be retrospective with a restatement of comparative information.

The impact of this standard on the Group’s financial statements is currently being analysed.

Note 1.4Use of estimates and judgement

With a view to the preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements, in application of the accounting principles described in the notes, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may impact the amounts recognised in the income statement or under “Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses”, the valuation of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and the information disclosed in the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In order to make these estimates and assumptions, the Management uses the information available on the date when the consolidated financial statements are prepared and may exercise its judgment. Valuations based on estimates intrinsically involve risks and uncertainties relating to their materialisation in the future. Consequently, the actual final results may differ from these estimates and have a significant impact on the financial statements at that time.

The assumptions and estimates made for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements take account of the uncertainties regarding the economic consequences of the current geopolitical and macroeconomic context. The effects of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are specified in paragraph 5 of this note.

Estimates and judgment are used in particular with regard to the following items:

  • the fair value on the balance sheet of the financial instruments that are not listed on an active market and are recognised as Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, Hedging derivatives, Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (see Notes 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4), as well as the fair value of the instruments measured at amortised cost for which this information is disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements (see Note 3.9);
  • the impairment and provisions for credit risk related to financial assets measured at amortised cost (including the pricing of real estate guarantees), financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and loan commitments and guarantee commitments granted measured using models or internal assumptions based on historical, current and prospective data (see Note 3.8). The use of estimates and judgment relates in particular to the assessment of the deterioration in credit risk observed since the initial recognition of financial assets and the measurement of the amount of expected credit losses on these same financial assets;
  • the amortisation assumptions and conventions used to determine the maturities of financial assets and liabilities as part of the measurement and monitoring of structural interest rate risk and of the documentation of the related macro fair value hedge accounting (see Note 3.2);
  • the impairment of Goodwill (see Note 2.2);
  • the provisions recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet (see Notes 5.1 and 8.2);
  • the estimates related to the valuation of insurance contracts assets and liabilities (see Note 4.3);
  • the tax assets and liabilities recognised on balance sheet (see Note 6);
  • an analysis of the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of financial instruments in order to determine the appropriate accounting classification (see Note 3);
  • the assessment of the degree of control for the determination of the scope of consolidated entities, especially in the case of structured entities (see Note 2.1, 2.3 and 2.4);
  • the determination of the lease term to be applied for recognising the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (see Note 8.3).
Note 1.5Geopolitical and macroeconomic environments

2024 was marked by geopolitical uncertainties, with, in particular, the continuing conflict in Ukraine and the situation in the Middle-East. In the United States, economic growth was higher than expected, sustained by strong consumption. In the Eurozone, after a first half-year when business remained resilient especially in the services sector, economic growth slackened in the second half-year, in particular as a result of the weakness of the German economy and the political uncertainties in France. In China, the supporting measures merely prevented economic growth from further decline but without any actual economic upturn.

In this context, the Group updated the macroeconomic scenarios selected for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

These macroeconomic scenarios are taken into account in the credit loss measurement models including forward-looking data (see Note 3.8) and are also used to perform goodwill impairment tests (see Note 2.2) and tests assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets (see Note 6).

Note 1.5.1Macroeconomic scenarios

As of 31 December 2024, the Group has opted for three macroeconomic scenarios to better understand the uncertainties related to the current macroeconomic context.

The assumptions selected to build these scenarios are described below:

  • the central scenario (“SG Central”) predicts a low growth level in the eurozone in a context of more restrictive fiscal policy than in 2024 and of persistent geopolitical concerns. Inflation should converge with the Central banks’ targets and the monetary policy is expected to ease. In the USA, a rebound in economic growth is expected in 2025. The economic policy ushered by the new president of the United States should initially benefit American growth but could however have a negative impact later on. It would burden the other areas and increase global uncertainty;
  • the favourable scenario (“SG Favourable”) describes an accelerated economic growth compared to the trajectory projected in the central scenario; this growth may result from improved supply conditions owing to a positive shock on productivity or from unexpectedly improved demand conditions. In both cases, stronger growth will have a positive impact on employment and the profitability of companies;
  • the stressed scenario (“SG Stress”) corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, eurozone crisis…), an exogenous crisis (Covid-19-like pandemic) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research department of Societe Generale for all Group entities, based, in particular, on the information published by statistical institutes in each country.

Forecasts by institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists serve as a reference to challenge the Group’s forecasts.

Note 1.5.2Financial instruments: expected credit losses

The scenarios provided by the Group economists are incorporated into the expected credit loss provisioning models over a three-year horizon, followed by a two-year period to gradually return by the fifth year to the average probability of default observed during the calibration period. The assumptions made by the Group to develop these macroeconomic scenarios have been updated during the fourth quarter 2024.

Variables

In 2024, the Group updated the expected credit loss measurement models. This update resulted in the identification of new economic variables relevant for estimating the expected credit losses. The major variables now used in the models are the GDP growth rates, the disposable income of households, the interest-rate differential between France and Germany, the US imports, the exports from developed countries, the unemployment rates, the inflation rate in France and the yield on France ten-year government bonds.

The variables with the stronger impact on the determination of expected credit losses (GDP growth percentage for the major countries in which the Group operates, and disposable income of households in France) for each scenario are detailed hereinafter:

“SG Favourable” scenario

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

France GDP

2.1

2.9

2.3

2.2

1.3

Disposable income of households in France

0.8

1.4

1.1

0.9

0.8

Eurozone GDP

2.3

2.8

2.3

2.1

1.2

United States GDP

2.8

3.6

3.0

2.9

2.0

Developed countries GDP(1)

2.6

3.2

2.6

2.5

1.6

“SG Central” scenario

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

France GDP

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.3

Disposable income of households in France

0.3

0.6

0.6

0.8

0.8

Eurozone GDP

1.0

1.0

1.3

1.4

1.2

United States GDP

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.0

Developed countries GDP(1)

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.8

1.6

“SG Stress” scenario

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

France GDP

(3.6)

(1.5)

0.0

1.1

1.3

Disposable income of households in France

(1.0)

(0.7)

(0.9)

(0.3)

0.8

Eurozone GDP

(3.5)

(1.6)

0.0

1.0

1.2

United States GDP

(3.0)

(0.8)

0.7

1.8

2.0

Developed countries GDP(1)

(3.2)

(1.2)

0.4

1.4

1.6

  • (1)The Developed countries GDP correspond to the combination of the GDPs of the eurozone, the United States of America and Japan.

These simulations assume that the historical relationships between the key economic variables and the risk parameters remain unchanged. In reality, these correlations may be impacted by geopolitical or climatic events, or by changes in behaviour, legislative environment or credit granting policy.

The graph below shows the GDP projections in the eurozone selected by the Group for each scenario and compares them with the scenarios published by the ECB in December 2024.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I049_HD.png

 

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

SG Favourable

0.9

1.1

2.3

2.8

2.3

2.1

SG Central

0.9

0.9

1.0

1.0

1.3

1.4

SG Stress

0.9

(0.4)

(3.5)

(1.6)

0.0

1.0

ECB Baseline

0.6

0.7

1.1

1.4

1.3

 

Weighting of macroeconomic scenarios

The probabilities used are based on the differences observed over the past 25 years between the forecasts made by a consensus of economists regarding the US GDP and the actual scenario that occurred (forecast similar to the actual scenario, significantly optimistic or pessimistic).

In order to better account for a possible reversal in the cycle, the Group applies to its scenarios a weighting methodology (mainly based on the observed output gaps for the USA and the eurozone) and assigns a higher weight to the SG Central scenario when the economy is depressed. Conversely, the methodology provides for a higher weight to be assigned to the SG Stress scenario when the economy moves towards the peak of the cycle. Accordingly, the weighting applied to the SG Central scenario is set at 56% as at 31 December 2024.

Presentation of changes in weights

 

31.12.2024

30.06.2024

31.12.2023

SG Central

56%

60%

62%

SG Stress

34%

30%

28%

SG Favourable

10%

10%

10%

Calculation of expected credit losses and sensitivity analysis

Credit risk cost as at 31 December 2024, insurance subsidiaries excluded, amounts to a net expense of EUR 1,530 million, increasing by EUR 505 million (49%) compared to 31 December 2023 (EUR 1,025 million).

Sensitivity tests have been performed to measure the impact of the changes in weights on the models. The sectoral adjustments (see Note 3.8) have been taken into account in these sensitivity tests. The scope of these tests includes the Stage 1 and Stage 2 outstanding loans subject to a statistical modelling of the impacts of the macroeconomic variables (which represents 88% of the expected credit losses as on 31 December 2023).

The results of these tests, taking into account the effect on the classification of the outstanding loans concerned (67% of the total outstanding loans), show that, in the event of a 100% weighting:

  • of the SG Stress scenario, the impact would be an additional allocation of EUR 208 million;
  • of the SG Favourable scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 219 million;
  • of the SG Central scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 149 million.
Covid-19 crisis: state guaranteed loans (PGE)

Until 30 June 2022, the Group offered to its crisis-impacted customers (professionals and corporate customers) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE), with contractual characteristics equivalent to those of basic loans (SPPI criterion), and held by the Group under a management model aimed at collecting their contractual flows until maturity. Consequently, these loans were recorded on the consolidated balance sheet under “Customer loans at amortised cost”.

As of 31 December 2024, after the first repayments made after the end of the moratorium periods, the amount outstanding corresponding to the State Guaranteed Loans (PGE) granted by the Group is approximately EUR 5.3 billion (including EUR 1 billion classified in Stage 2 and EUR 1 billion in Stage 3). The residual portion of PGE granted by the French Retail networks amounts, as at 31 December 2024, to EUR 4.8 billion (of which EUR 0.9 billion classified in Stage 2 and EUR 0.9 billion in Stage 3); the State guarantee for these loans covers, on average, 90% of their amount.

The expected credit losses recognised as at 31 December 2024 for PGE amount to some EUR 160 million of which EUR 130 million booked by the French retail networks (including EUR 10 million in Stage 2 and EUR 110 million in Stage 3).

Consequences of the war in Ukraine

The table below shows the changes in balance-sheet and off balance-sheet residual exposures (measured at amortised cost or at fair value through OCI) booked by the Group’s entities for Russian counterparties or subsidiaries of Russian groups.

(In EUR billion)

31.12.2024

30.06.2024

31.12.2023

Exposure at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Exposure at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Exposure at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Onshore exposures on consolidated subsidiaries

-

-

-

-

0

0

Offshore exposures(1)

0.5

0.6

0.6

0.8

0.9

1

Rosbank residual exposures

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

Total

0.6

0.7

0.7

0.9

1

1.1

  • (1)Offshore exposures (exc. Private Banking and residual exposures linked to the disposal of Rosbank) correspond to the exposures on Russian counterparties or subsidiaries of Russian groups booked outside Russia.
Exposures in Russia and Ukraine

The Russian subsidiary LeasePlan RUS LLC was sold during the first half of 2024. The Group does not hold any entity in Russia anymore.

The Group remains present in Ukraine through its Ayvens Ukraine Limited Liability Company subsidiary, the total balance sheet of which amounts to EUR 88 million as at 31 December 2024.

Offshore exposures

The Group also holds assets on Russian counterparties; the volume of these assets dropped significantly between 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024, owing in particular to asset disposals, customer reimbursements completed without incident, and the reception of funds that settle Russian exposures.

These outstanding assets, including residual Rosbank exposure, were classified as “sensitive” from the very beginning of the conflict (see Note 3.8) and declassified to Stage 2 of impairment for credit risk or to Stage 3 when necessary.

The consequences of these classifications, as well as the account taken of the new macroeconomic scenarios to determine expected credit losses as at 31 December 2024, are described in Note 3.8.

Furthermore, to take account of these specific risk exposures, the Group supplemented the expected credit losses through a post-model adjustment, as described in Note 3.8.

Other information

Societe Generale received during 2024 financial year EUR 301 million, linked to exposures in Russia relating to its former local presence via Rosbank. These exposures, valued at zero or provisioned in the Group’s accounts, have been recovered in accordance with the laws in force and following approval by the relevant regulatory authorities, generating a positive contribution of some EUR 218 million after tax to the net income, Group share.

Note 1.6Hyperinflation in Turkey and Ghana

The publications by the International Practices Task Force of the Center for Audit Quality, usual reference for identifying the countries in hyperinflation, show that Turkey and Ghana have been considered hyperinflationary economies since 2022 and 2023, respectively.

Accordingly, the Group applies the provisions of IAS 29 (“Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies”) to prepare the individual financial statements presented in Turkish liras of the Ayvens group entities located in Turkey and the individual financial statements in cedis of the Societe Generale Ghana PLC entity located in Ghana (before their conversion to euro as part of the consolidation process), since 1 January 2022 and 1 January 2023, respectively.

The accounts of the SG Istanbul branch have, however, not been restated, their impact being non-material.

Under IAS 29, the accounting value of some balance sheet items measured at cost is adjusted, as at the closing date, for the inflation effects observed over the period. In the financial statements of the entities concerned, these adjustments are mainly applied to tangible assets (including in particular the rented car fleet, buildings), as well as to the different components of equity.

The inflation adjustments for the assets concerned and equity items, as well as for income and expenses for the period, are recognised as income or expenses on foreign exchange transactions under “Net gains and losses on financial transactions”.

Thus restated, the financial statements are converted to euro based on the exchange rate applicable on the closing date.

As of 31 December 2024, a gain of EUR 111.6 million was recognised in the Net gains and losses on financial transactions from inflation adjustments for the period. After taking into account the adjustments of the other income and expense lines of the period, the impact of the restatements for hyperinflation on the consolidated pre-tax accounting result is EUR 133.9 million.

6.3Statutory Auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2024

This is a free translation into English of the Statutory Auditors’ report issued in French and is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking readers. This report includes information specifically required by European regulations or French law, such as information about the appointment of Statutory Auditors. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

Société Générale
29, Boulevard Haussmann
75009 Paris, France

To the Shareholders,

Opinion

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended 31 December 2024.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Group at 31 December 2024 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

6.4Societe Generale’s Management Report

analysis of Societe Generale’s balance-sheet

(EUR billion at 31 December)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Change

Cash and interbank uses

271

288

(17)

Customer loans

352

373

(21)

Securities transactions

594

565

29

of which securities and notes received under repurchase agreements

277

279

(2)

Other Financial Accounts

154

159

(5)

of which premiums on contingent instruments

56

56

-

Tangible and intangible assets

3

4

(1)

TOTAL ASSETS

1,374

1,389

(15)

(EUR billion at 31 December)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Change

Cash and interbank resources(1)

371

372

(1)

Customer deposits

444

470

(26)

Bond and subordinated debt(2)

29

27

2

Securities transactions

341

330

11

Of which securities and notes sold under repurchase agreements

263

246

17

Other financial accounts and provisions

151

153

(2)

of which premiums on contingent instruments

67

65

2

Shareholders’ equity

38

37

1

TOTAL LIABILITIES

1,374

1,389

(15)

  • (1)Including negotiable debt securities.
  • (2)Including perpetual subordinated notes.

2024 was marked by uncertainties related to the global economic downturn and to continuing geopolitical tensions around the world. Despite these challenges, the global economy demonstrated resilience driven by the stabalisation of energy prices, an improvement in supply chains and a gradual upturn in investments. The American economy maintained its momentum, recording annual growth estimated at 2.7% by the IMF. GDP in the Eurozone grew 0.7%, a slight increase versus 2023 (+0.4%). Following a first half of the year when business activity held up, mainly in the services industry, growth slipped in the second half owing to weakness in the German economy and to political uncertainties in France.

In a context in which prices stabilised, the FED and the ECB eased their monetary policy in order to support economic recovery through several decreases in prime interest rates which stood at 4.5% and 3.15% respectively from mid December. In a complex and uncertain geopolitical and economic environment, the Societe Generale improved its performance in 2024 by regularly expanding its core businesses, bolstering its capital base and tightening cost control and risk management. As of 31 December 2024, the bottom line of its balance-sheet stood at EUR 1,374 billion, down by EUR 15 billion versus 31 December 2023.

The decrease of EUR 17.3 billion in cash flow and interbank resources was largely due to a EUR 22.5 billion decrease in receivables recorded by the central banks, mainly due to the repayment of drawings under the ECB' support programme (TLTRO) and to a reduction of liquidity surpluses deposited at the Banque de France. Converseley, receivables from credit institutions increased to  EUR 5.2 billion.

Loans granted to clients fell by EUR 21.7 billion. Owing to a securitisation operation totalling EUR 8.2 billion and a reduction in the volume of loans related to interest rates which remained high, housing loans fell by EUR 10.6 billion. Debtor current accounts fell by EUR 8.2 billion, mainly in comparison with the Group's subsidiaries.

In the context of a decrease in prime interest rates by the ECB,  the rate of return on zero risk investments fell, causing term loans to contract by EUR 14.1 billion. Overnight loans fell by EUR 7.2 billion, mainly in comparison with the Group's subsidiaries. Special regime accounts decreased by EUR 5.2 billion due to a withdrawal of precautionary savings.

During 2024, the main stock market indices recorded significant hikes, reflecting the positive performance of the market. As a result, stock and other equity and securitiy portfolios increased by EUR 15.7 billion. Treasury notes rose by EUR 15.1 billion, mainly due to sustained yields on the bond markets which made these stocks more attractive to investors. Security-backed transactions provided favourable terms of financing. As a consequence, securities transferred under repurchase agreements grew by EUR 16.7 billion. Converseley,  other debt securities fell by  EUR 5.8 billion.

In addition, Societe Generale has a diversified range of refinancing sources and vehicles such as:

  • stable resources composed of equity and bonds and subordinated loans (EUR 67 billion);
  • customer resources, up EUR 27 billion, collected in the form of deposits, which constitute a significant part of resources (32% of the balance sheet total);
  • resources from interbank operations (EUR 212 billion) in the form of deposits and loans;
  • market resources raised thanks to an active diversification policy based on various types of debt (secure and unsecured bond issues, etc.), issuance vehicles (EMTNs, Certificates of Deposits), currencies and investor pools (EUR 149 billion);
  • resources from securities sold under repurchase agreements with customers and credit institutions (EUR 263 billion) are up compared to 2023.

6.5Financial statements

6.5.1Parent company balance-sheet

Assets

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Cash, due from central banks and post office accounts

 

174,810

197,369

Treasury notes and similar securities

Note 2.1

88,764

73,667

Due from banks

Note 2.3

205,856

219,601

Customer loans

Note 2.3

518,718

523,169

Bonds and other debt securities

Note 2.1

117,744

118,168

Shares and other equity securities

Note 2.1

86,952

71,151

Affiliates and other long-term securities

Note 2.1

1,100

948

Investments in related parties

Note 2.1

22,380

22,732

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 7.2

3,495

3,562

Treasury stock

Note 2.1

119

273

Accruals, other accounts receivables and other assets

Note 3.2

154,355

158,747

TOTAL

 

1,374,293

1,389,387

Off-balance sheet items

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments granted

Note 2.3

309,208

326,102

Guarantee commitments granted

Note 2.3

233,064

223,514

Commitments made on securities

 

21,094

39,803

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Due to central banks and post office accounts

 

11,242

9,573

Due to banks

Note 2.4

325,844

335,675

Customer deposits

Note 2.4

592,255

603,260

Liabilities in the form of securities issued

Note 2.4

150,511

142,308

Accruals, other accounts payables and other liabilities

Note 3.2

219,292

226,613

Provisions

Note 2.6

9,597

9,723

Long-term subordinated debt and notes

Note 6.4

27,408

25,290

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Common stock

Note 6.1

1,000

1,004

Additional paid-in capital

Note 6.1

20,173

20,260

Retained earnings

Note 6.1

14,959

12,331

Net income

Note 6.1

2,012

3,350

SUB-TOTAL

 

38,144

36,945

TOTAL

 

1,374,293

1,389,387

Off-balance sheet items

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments received

Note 2.4

104,948

68,683

Guarantee commitments received

Note 2.4

68,805

74,541

Commitments received on securities

 

27,878

42,367

6.6Notes to the parent company financial statements

The parent company financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025.

Note 1MAIN accounting principles
1. Introduction

The preparation and presentation of the parent company financial statements for Societe Generale comply with the provisions of Regulation 2014-07 of the French Accounting Standards Board (Autorité des Normes Comptables, ANC), relating to the annual accounts for the banking sector.

As the financial statements of foreign branches were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in their respective countries, they have been adjusted to comply with the accounting principles applicable in France.

The disclosures provided in the notes to the parent company financial statements focus on information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of Societe Generale, its activities and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations over the period.

2. Accounting policies and valuation methods

In accordance with the accounting principles applicable to French credit institutions, the majority of transactions are recorded using valuation methods that take account of the purpose for which they were completed.

In financial intermediation transactions, assets and liabilities are generally maintained at their historical cost and impairment is recognised where counterparty risk arises. Revenues and expenses arising from these transactions are recorded prorata temporis over the life of the transaction in accordance with the accounting cut-off principle. The same applies for transactions on forward financial instruments carried out for hedging purposes or to manage the Bank’s overall interest rate risk.

At closing date, transactions performed in the Global Markets activity are generally marked to market, except for loans, borrowings and short-term investment securities which are recorded at nominal value. When these financial instruments are not quoted in an active market, the market value used is adjusted to take into account the liquidity risk, future management fees and, if any, the counterparty risk.

3. Conversion of the foreign currency financial statement

The on- and off-balance sheet items of branches reporting in foreign currencies are translated at the official exchange rate prevailing at year-end. The income statement items of these branches are translated at the average quarter-end exchange rate. Translation gains and losses arising from the translation of the capital contribution, reserves, retained earnings and net income of foreign branches, which result from changes in exchange rates, are included in the balance sheet under “Accruals, other accounts payable/receivable and other liabilities/assets”.

4. Assumptions and estimates

In compliance with the accounting principles and methods applicable to the preparation of the financial statements and stated in the notes to the present document, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may have an impact on the figures recorded in the income statement, the valuation of assets and liabilities on the balance-sheet, and the information disclosed in the notes to the parent company financial statements.

In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available as at the date of preparation of the financial statements and can exercise its own judgment. By nature, valuations based on these estimates involve risks and uncertainties about their materialization in the future. Consequently, the actual future results may differ from these estimates and may then have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The assumptions and estimates made in preparing these annual financial statements take account of the uncertainties related to the economic consequences of the current geopolitical and macroeconomic context. The impacts of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are detailed in part 5 of the present note.

Estimates mainly concern:

  • fair value in the balance-sheet of financial instruments (securities portfolio and forward financial instruments) not quoted in an active market and held for trading activities (see Notes 2.1, 2.2 and 3.2);
  • impairment of financial assets (see Note 2.6);
  • provisions recognised as liabilities (see Notes 2.6, 4.2 and 5.2);
  • deferred tax assets recognised in the balance sheet (see Note 5).
5. Geopolitical and macroeconomic context

2024 was marked by geopolitical uncertainties, with, in particular, the continuing conflict in Ukraine and the situation in the Middle East. In the USA, economic growth was higher than expected, sustained by strong consumption. In the eurozone, after a first half-year when business remained resilient especially in the services sector, economic growth slackened in the second half-year, in particular as a result of the weakness of the German economy and the political uncertainties in France. In China, the support measures only allowed for economic growth not to deteriorate any further without any actual upturn.

In this context, Societe Generale updated the macroeconomic scenarios chosen for the preparation of its statutory statements as at 31 December 2024. These macroeconomic scenarios are taken into account in the measurement models for credit risk impairment and provisions (see Note 2.6) and in tests regarding deferred tax assets recovery (see Note 5).

Macroeconomic scenarios and weighting

As at 31 December 2024, Societe Generale has selected three macroeconomic scenarios to help understand the uncertainties related to the current macroeconomic context.

The assumptions selected to draw up the scenarios are listed below:

  • the central scenario (“SG Central”), weighted at 56%, predicts a low growth level in the eurozone in a context of more restrictive fiscal policy than in 2024 and of persistent geopolitical concerns. Inflation should converge with the Central banks’ targets and the monetary policy is expected to ease. In the USA, a rebound in economic growth is expected in 2025. The economic policy ushered by the new president of the United States should initially benefit American growth but could however have a negative impact later. It would burden the other areas and increase global uncertainty;
  • the favourable scenario (“SG Favourable”), weighted at 10%, describes an accelerated economic growth compared to the trajectory projected in the central scenario; this growth may result from improved supply conditions owing to a positive shock on productivity or from unexpectedly improved demand conditions. In both cases, stronger growth will have a positive impact on employment and the profitability of companies;
  • the stressed scenario (“SG Stress”), weighted at 34%, corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, euro area crisis…), an exogenous crisis (Covid-19-like pandemic) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Department of Societe Generale based, in particular, on information published by statistical institutes.

Forecasts from institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists serves as a reference to challenge Societe Generale’s forecasts.

Covid-19 crisis: state guaranteed loans (PGE)

Until 30 June 2022, Societe Generale offered to its crisis-impacted customers (professionals and corporate customers) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) recorded among Customer loans

As at 31 December 2024, after the repayments made at the end of the moratorium periods, the amount outstanding corresponding to the State Guaranteed Loans (PGE) granted by Societe Generale is approximately EUR 4.8 billion (including EUR 0.9 billion of underperforming loans and EUR 0.9 billion of doubtful loans). The amount of credit risk impairment and provisions recorded as at 31 December 2024 related to these State Guaranteed Loan facilities represent approximately EUR 130 million (including EUR 10 million of underperforming loans and EUR 110 million of doubtful loans).

Consequences of the war in Ukraine

Societe Generale holds assets on Russian counterparties (including some residual exposures on Rosbank), the volume of which dropped significantly between 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024, owing in particular to the disposal of assets but also to customers reimbursements completed without incident (EUR 0.5 billion against EUR 0.8 billion as at December 2023). As a result of an assessment of the changes in these credit exposures, Societe Generale has classified them from the very beginning of the conflict as underperforming loans or doubtful loans when necessary (see Note 2.6.1).

Societe Generale received during the 2024 financial year EUR 301 million, reducing some last exposures in Russia relating to its former local presence via Rosbank. These exposures, valued at zero or provisioned in Societe Generale’s accounts, have been recovered in accordance with the laws in force and following approval by the relevant regulatory authorities, generating a positive contribution of some EUR 218 million after tax to the net income of Societe Generale.

6. Creation of a partnership between Societe Generale and Alliancebernstein

On 1 April 2024, Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein launched BERNSTEIN, a partnership combining their cash equities and equity research businesses.

The partnership is organised under two separate legal vehicles: Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited, covering Europe and Asia activities, with a head office in London, and Bernstein North America Holdings LLC, covering North America activities, with a head office in New York, complemented by major hubs in Paris and Hong Kong, and multiple regional offices.

Since 1 April 2024, Societe Generale owns 51% of the holding company Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited, acquired for a purchase price of EUR 108 million, and 33% of the holding company Bernstein North America Holdings LLC, acquired for a purchase price of EUR 180 million.

Options may allow Societe Generale, subject to regulatory approvals, to own 100% of both entities within five years.

6.7Statutory Auditors’ report on the financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2024

This is a free translation into English of the Statutory Auditors’ report issued in French and is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking readers. This report includes information specifically required by European regulations or French law, such as information about the appointment of Statutory Auditors. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

Société Générale
29, Boulevard Haussmann
75009 Paris, France

To the Shareholders,

Opinion

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended 31 December 2024.

In our opinion, the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Company at 31 December 2024 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with French accounting principles.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

7Share, share capital and legal information

7.1The Societe Generale share

7.1.1Stock market performance

Societe Generale’s share price increased by 13.0% between 31 december 2023 and 31 december 2024, closing at 27.16 euros as at 31 December 2024. This performance can be compared over the same period to an increase of 23.4% for the Eurozone bank index (DJ EURO STOXX BANK) and to a decrease of 2.2% for the CAC 40 index.

As of 31 December 2024, the Societe Generale Group’s market capitalisation stood at EUR 21.7 billion, ranking 29th among CAC 40 stocks (31st as at 31 December 2023), 24th in terms of free float (28th as at 31 December 2023) and 12th among Eurozone banks (12th as at 31 December 2023).

The market on which the Group’s shares are traded remained highly liquid in 2024, with an average daily trading volume of EUR 77.7 million, representing a daily capital rotation ratio of 0.41% (versus 0.47% in 2023). In value terms, Societe Generale’s shares were the 16th most actively traded on the CAC 40 index.

Share price performance (base: Societe Generale share price aS OF 31 December 2022)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I013_HD.png

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

Monthly TRENDS in SG's share price (average monthly price in euroS)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I014_HD.png

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

Trading volumes (average daily trading volumes as a percentage of SHARE capital)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I015_HD.png

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon.

7.2Information on share capital

7.2.1Share capital

As of 1 January 2025, Societe Generale paid-up share capital amounted to EUR 1,000,395,971.25 and comprised 800,316,777 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25 per share.

As part of the Group’s capital market activities, transactions may be carried out involving indices or underlying assets with a Societe Generale share component. These transactions do not impact the Group’s future share capital base .

7.3Additional information

7.3.1General information

Company name

Societe Generale

Registered office

29, boulevard Haussmann, 75009 Paris (France)

Administrative office

17, cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France)

Postal address: Societe Generale, 17, cours Valmy, CS50318, 92972 Paris La Défense Cedex

Telephone number: +33 (0)1 42 14 20 00

Website: www.societegenerale.com. The information on the website does not form part of the Universal Registration Document.

Legal form

Societe Generale is a public limited company (société anonyme) established under French law that has the status of a credit institution.

Governing law

Societe Generale is a public limited company (Société anonyme) governed by French commercial legislation, in particular by Articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as by its By-laws.

Société Générale is a credit institution under French law authorised and supervised by the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (“ACPR”), under the direct prudential supervision of the European Central Bank (“ECB”). As a company whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and an investment services provider, Société Générale is also subject to supervision by the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (“AMF”).

Societe Generale is authorised to carry out all banking transactions and provide all investment services except for the investment service of operating a multilateral trading facility (MTF) or an organised trading system (OTF). It is subject to the laws and regulations specific to the financial sector, in particular the provisions of the applicable European regulations, the articles of the Monetary and Financial Code and, where applicable, to local law provisions, in particular for its branches. It is also subject to compliance with a certain number of prudential rules and, as such, to the controls of the ECB, as well as of the ACPR in respect of the latter’s sphere of competence.

Date of incorporation and lifetime

Societe Generale was incorporated following a deed approved by decree dated 4 May 1864. The lifetime of Societe Generale, previously set at fifty years from 1 January 1899, was subsequently extended for ninety-nine years from 1 January 1949.

It will cease to exist on 31 December 2047, unless extended or dissolved early.

Corporate purpose

Article 3 of the Company’s By-laws describes the company's objects. Under the terms and conditions laid out in the applicable laws and regulations governing credit institutions, the aim of Societe Generale is to carry out with individuals or legal entities, in France and abroad:

  • all banking transactions;
  • all transactions related to banking operations, including in particular investment services or related services referred to in Articles L. 321-1 and L. 321-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code;
  • all acquisitions of interests in other companies.

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, in particular insurance brokerage, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in effect.

In general, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial or agricultural, security or property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the abovementioned activities or likely to facilitate their execution.

Identification

552 120 222 RCS PARIS

ISIN code (International Securities Identification Number): FR 0000130809

NAF (trade sector) code: 6419Z

LEI (Legal Entity Identifier): O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41

Corporate documents

Documents relating to the Company and in particular its By-laws, its accounts, the reports submitted to its General Meetings by the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors, are available at Tours Société Générale, 17 cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France).

The By-laws of Societe Generale are posted on the website under the Board of Directors tab.

Financial year

From 1 January to 31 December of each year.

Categories of shares and attached rights

Under Article 4 of the Company’s By-laws, the share capital is divided into 800,316,777 fully paid-up shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

Double voting rights

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, double voting rights are allocated, in relation to the amount of share capital represented by the shares in question, to all shares which are fully paid-up and which have been registered in the name of the same shareholder for at least two years from 1 January 1993, as well as to any new registered shares that may be freely allocated to a shareholder, in the event of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums, on the basis of shares benefiting from this right.

According to the law, double voting rights cease for shares which have been converted into bearer form or if ownership of the shares is transferred. Nevertheless, transfer through inheritance, liquidation of marital assets, donation inter vivos to a spouse or a direct relative entitled to inherit, does not result in the loss of rights and does not affect the minimum two-year vesting period. The same applies, unless otherwise stated in the Company’s By-laws, in case of transfer following a merger or a spin-off of a shareholder company. The amendment to the regulations of Fund E as at 1 January 2021 has no effect on the calculation of the double voting rights of the shares in Fund E’s assets.

Restriction on voting rights

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, the number of votes at General Meetings to be used by one shareholder, either personally or through a proxy, may not exceed 15% of the total voting rights existing at the date of the Meeting. This 15% limit does not apply to the Chairman or any other proxy with respect to the total number of voting rights they hold on a personal basis and in their capacity as proxy, provided that each proxy complies with the 15% rule. For the purposes of applying this 15% limit, shares held by a single shareholder include shares held indirectly or jointly in accordance with the conditions described in Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code. This limit ceases to apply when a shareholder comes to hold, following a public tender offer, either directly or indirectly or jointly with another shareholder, more than 50.01% of the Company’s voting rights.

Disclosure of statutory thresholds crossings

In accordance with the provisions of Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, any person, acting on his own behalf or joinly, who comes to hold directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, a number of shares representing at least 1.5% or 3% of the share capital or voting rights of the Company, must inform the latter, in writing, within four trading days of the crossing of this threshold, and must also indicate in his declaration the number of securities giving access to the share capital of the Company it holds. Mutual fund management companies must provide this information based on the total number of shares held in the Company by the funds they manage.

Beyond the threshold of 3%, any additional 1% crossing of the company capital or of the voting rights must be notified to the Company as provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws.

Any person, acting either individually or jointly, is also required to inform the Company within four trading days if the percentage of their capital or voting rights falls below each of the thresholds described in Article 6.2 of the By-laws.

For the purposes of the obligations to disclose the crossings of statutory thresholds provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, the shares or voting rights listed in Article L. 233-9, I of the French Commercial Code are assimilated to the shares or voting rights held.

Failure to comply with these requirements will be penalised in accordance with applicable laws, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least 5% of the Company’s capital or voting rights. Said request will be duly recorded in the minutes of the General Meeting.

Convening and rules for attending General Meetings of Shareholders

Under Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, General Meetings are convened and deliberate in accordance with the conditions set forth by the laws and regulations in force. They meet at the registered office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the convening notice. Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, failing this, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Regardless of the number of shares held, any shareholder whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set by decree, has the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in the General Meetings. A shareholder may, in accordance with the laws and regulations in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy. The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, under the conditions set forth by the provisions of the laws and regulations in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless a shorter period is specified in the convening notice or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or any other means of telecommunication, when provided for in the convening notice and subject to the conditions defined therein.

The General Meeting may be publicly broadcast by means of electronic communication subject to the approval of and under the terms set by the Board of Directors. Notice will be given in the notice of meeting and/or the convening notice.

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to shares that include a usufructuary right is exercised by the usufructuary.

Identifiable bearer securities

Societe Generale may at any time, in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations in force, request the organisation responsible for clearing the securities to provide information regarding the securities that grant the right to vote in its General Meetings, either immediately or in the future, as well as information about the holders of these securities.

Employee shareholding

Following the amendments to the By-laws voted by the Combined General Meeting on 19 May 2020 and since the General Meeting of 18 May 2021, employee shareholders are represented on the Board of Directors by a Director, in addition to the two Directors representing all employees. The level of employee shareholding, calculated for the specific need of this new Director appointment represents 11.53 % of the share capital at 31 December 2024, in accordance with the calculation methods provided in Article L. 225-102 of the French Commercial Code and with the stipulations of Article 6.4 of the By-laws.

Following the amendments of the rules of the FCPE “Société Générale actionnariat (FONDS E)” decided on 16 April 2020, which came into force on 1 January 2021, in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article L. 214-165 II of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the voting rights relating to Société Générale shares included in the assets of this fund, corresponding to 14,82 % of the voting rights at 31 December 2024, will be exclusively exercised individually by the unit holders and, for the fractional units forming fractional rights, by the Supervisory Board of this fund.

The last capital increase reserved for subscribers to the company savings plans or to that of Societe Generale Group was held on 25 July 2024. The operation, implemented under Resolution 19 of the Combined General Meeting of 23 May 2023, was offered throughout 35 countries, subscribed to by approximately 46,000 people for a total of EUR 186,907,707.84 and resulted in the issuance of 9,055,606 new shares, i.e. 1.13% of the share capital at the date of the operation. The principle of the capital increase, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2024, was made public in the table setting out the use of financial delegations in Part 3.1.7 of the Universal Registration Document filed on 11 March 2024 with the French Financial Markets Authority (AMF - Autorité des marchés financiers), and subsequently reprised in various documents, including the Board of Directors’ Report which presents the resolutions that are included in the Notice of Meeting brochure. The period and the subscription price of the capital increase were approved on 21 May 2024. The Board of Directors’ and Statutory Auditors’ Reports were brought to the attention of the shareholders during the General Meeting and are permanently available on the French website dedicated to Societe Generale General Meetings(1).

Following the absorption of Crédit du Nord by Societe Generale on 1 January 2023, Societe Generale shares held by the employees of Crédit du Nord via the FCPE “Fonds G” fund are held via the FONDS E fund since 7 March 2023, and Fonds G disappeared at this date owing to its merger with FONDS E. 

7.4Company By-laws

NAME – TYPE OF COMPANY – DURATION – REGISTERED OFFICE – PURPOSE

Article 1

The Company, named Societe Generale, is a public limited company incorporated by deed approved by the Decree of 4 May 1864, and is approved as a bank.

The duration of Societe Generale, previously fixed at 50 years with effect from 1 January 1899, was then extended by 99 years with effect from 1 January 1949.

Under the legislative and regulatory provisions relating to credit institutions, notably the articles of the French Monetary and Financial Code that apply to them, the Company is subject to commercial laws, in particular articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as these By-laws.

Article 2

Societe Generale’s registered office is at 29, boulevard Haussmann, Paris (9th arrondissement).

In accordance with current legislative and regulatory provisions, it may be transferred to any other location.

Article 3

The purpose of Societe Generale is, under the conditions determined by the laws and regulations applicable to credit institutions, to carry out with individuals and corporate entities, in France or abroad:

  • all banking transactions;
  • all transactions related to banking operations, including in particular investment services or allied services as listed by articles L. 321-1 and L. 321-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code;
  • all acquisitions of interests in other entities.

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in force, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, including in particular insurance brokerage.

Generally, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial, agricultural, moveable assets or real property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the above-mentioned activities or likely to facilitate the accomplishment of such activities.

8PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

8.1Person responsible for the Universal registration document

Slawomir Krupa

Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale

8.2Statement made by the person responsible for the Universal registration document and Annual financial report

I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge the information contained, in this Universal Registration Document, in accordance with the facts and that it contains no omissions likely to alter its scope.

I also certify that to the best of my knowledge that the Company accounts and the consolidated accounts have been prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profits or losses of the issuer and the undertakings  included in the consolidation taken as a whole, and that the Group’s Management Report (the contents of which are set out in the concordance table attached in chapter 9 of the annual financial report) includes a fair review of the development  and performance of the business and position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole and of the description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face and that it has been prepared in accordance with the applicable reporting and sustainability standards.

Paris, 12 March 2025

Chief Executive Officer

Slawomir Krupa

8.3Auditors

Statutory auditors

Name: 

KPMG SA
represented by Guillaume Mabille

 

Name: 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit
represented by Emmanuel Benoist and Ridha Ben Chamek

Address: 

Tour EQHO - 2 Avenue Gambetta
CS 60055 - 92066 Paris la Défense (France)

 

Address: 

63, rue de Villiers
92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine (France)

Date of appointment: 22 May 2024

 

Date of appointment: 22 May 2024

Term of office: six financial years

 

Term of office: six financial years

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2029

 

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2029

 

 

 

 

 

The companies KPMG SA and PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit are registered as Statutory Auditors with the Compagnie régionale des Commissaires aux comptes de Versailles.

9Cross-reference tables

9.1Cross-reference tables

9.1.1Cross-reference table of the Universal Registration Document

This cross-reference table contains the headings provided for in Annex 1 (as referred to in Annex 2) of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980 supplementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 809/2004, and refers to the pages of this Universal Registration Document where the information relating to each of these headings is mentioned.

Headings

 

Page numbers of the Universal Registration Document

1

Persons responsible

 

1.1

Name and function of the persons responsible

 8.1

1.2

Declaration by the persons responsible 

 8.1

1.3

Statement or report attributed to a person as an expert

NA

1.4

Information sourced from a third party

NA

1.5

Statement by the issuer

 9.2

2

Statutory auditors

 

2.1

Names and addresses of the auditors

 8.3

2.2

Resignation, removal or non-reappointment of the auditors

 8.3

3

Risk factors

 4.1

4

Information about the issuer

 

4.1

Legal and commercial name of the issuer

 7.3

4.2

Place of registration, registration number and legal entity identifier (LEI) of the issuer

 7.3

4.3

Date of incorporation and the length of life of the issuer

 7.3

4.4

Domicile and legal form of the issuer, applicable legislation, country of incorporation, address and telephone number of its registered office and website

 7.3

5

Business overview

 

5.1

Principal activities

 1.2  1.4 2.4

5.2

Principal markets

 1.2 - 1.3 1.4 2.1 -  2.12 Note 8.1.3

5.3

Important events in the development of the business

 Key figures and presentation of the Societe Generale Group

5.4

Strategy and objectives

 1.3 1.4

5.5

Extent to which the issuer is dependent on patents or licences, industrial, commercial or financial contracts or new manufacturing processes

NA

5.6

Basis for any statements made by the issuer regarding its competitive position

 2.3.1 -  2.3.5

5.7

Investments

 2.7 4.14.2 Note 2.2 

6

Organisational structure

 

6.1

Brief description of the Group

 1.2 - KEY FIGURES 2.1 -

6.2

List of the significant subsidiaries

 2.1 -  Note 8.4

7

Operating and financial review

 

7.1

Financial condition

 2.2 - 2.3.6 2.6 Financial information - 6.7 

7.2

Operating results

 2.2 - 2.3.6

8

Capital resources

 

8.1

Information concerning the issuer’s capital resources

 2.6 6.1 Note 6

8.2

Sources and amounts of the issuer’s cash flows

 6.1.6

8.3

Information on the borrowing requirements and funding structure of the issuer

 2.6.3

8.4

Information regarding any restrictions on the use of capital resources that have materially affected, or could materially affect the issuer’s operations

NA

8.5

Information regarding the anticipated sources of funds needed to fulfil commitments referred to in item 5.7

 2.6.3 2.8

9

Regulatory environment

 Recent developments and regulatory outlook 4.4.1

10

Trend information

 

10.1

Most significant recent trends in production, sales and inventory, and costs and selling prices since the end of the last financial year
Any significant change in the financial performance of the Group or provide an appropriate negative statement.

 2.8 2.10

10.2

Trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the issuer’s prospects for at least the current financial year

 Recent developments and regulatory outlook

11

Profit forecasts or estimates

N/A

12

Administrative, management and supervisory bodies and general management

 

12.1

Board of Directors and General Management

 3.1.1 3.1.2

12.2

Administrative, management and supervisory bodies and General Management conflicts of interests

 Absence of conflicts of interest

13

Remuneration and benefits

 

13.1

Amount of remuneration paid and benefits in kind

 3.1.6

13.2

Total amounts set aside or accrued by the issuer or its subsidiaries to provide for pension, retirement or similar benefits

 Note 5

14

Board and general management practices

 

14.1

Date of expiration of the current term of office

 Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024; Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director;   Presentation of General Management officers POSITION Of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers Position of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers in 2024

14.2

Members of the administrative bodies’ service contracts with the issuer

NA

14.3

Information about the issuer’s audit committee and remuneration committee

 AUDIT AND INTERNAL CONTROL COMMITTEE Compensation Committee

14.4

Statement as to whether or not the issuer complies with the corporate governance regime

 Statement on the corporate governance regime

14.5

Potential material impacts on the corporate governance, including future changes in the board and committees composition

 3.1.2 - Presentation of the Board of Directors

15

Employees

 

15.1

Number of employees

 1.2

15.2

Shareholdings and stock options of company officers

 Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024 Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director Presentation of General Management officers 3.1.6

15.3

Description of any arrangements for involving the employees in the capital of the issuer

 Note 5.1.1 Note 5.1.3 Investments in related parties;  Note 4.1.1;
 Note 4.3 7.2.3 7.2.4 Employee shareholding

16

Major shareholders

 

16.1

Shareholders holding more than 5% of capital or voting rights

 7.2

16.2

Different voting rights held by the major shareholders

 7.2 7.3.1

16.3

Control of the issuer

 7.2.3 7.2.6

16.4

Arrangements, known to the issuer, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the issuer

NA

17

Related party transactions

 Absence of conflicts of interest 3.2 Note 5.1.1.2

18

Financial information concerning the issuer’s assets and liabilities, financial position and profits and losses

 

18.1

Historical financial information

 1.2 2.2 - 2.3.6;   Keys figures Financial information

18.2

Interim and other financial information

NA

18.3

Auditing of historical annual financial information

 6.3 6.7

18.4

Pro forma financial information

NA

18.5

Dividend policy

 Outlook 7.1.6

18.6

Legal and arbitration proceedings

 4.11.2 Note 9

18.7

Significant change in the issuer’s financial position

 2.11

19

Additional information

 

19.1

Share capital

 List of POWERS OF AUTHORITY GRANTED AND exercised IN 2024 and VALID until 5 February 2025 7.1 - Employee shareholding

19.2

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 7.4

20

Material contracts

 2.9

21

Documents available

 7.3

In accordance with EC Regulation No. 2019/890 dated 14 March 2019, complementary to (EU) Regulation No. 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the following information is included by reference in this Universal Registration Document:

  • the parent company and consolidated accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023, the related Statutory Auditors’ reports and the Group Management Report and presented respectively on pages 638 to 697 and 155–159, 211-217, 225–226, 236–237, 239–241, 252, 257-260, 265-269, 271, 277-283, 420-620, 638-697,621-630, 638-697,698-704, and 631-637 of the Registration Document D. 24-0094 filed with the AMF on 11 March 2024;
  • the parent company and consolidated accounts for the year ended 31 December 2022, the related Statutory Auditors’ reports and the Group Management Report and presented respectively on pages 571 to 627 and 149-153, 181-187, 195-196, 206-209, 211, 222, 226-230, 235-239, 241, 247-253, 374-556, 571-627, 557- 563, 628-634 and 564-570 of the Registration Document D. 23-0089 filed with the AMF on 13 March 2023.

The chapters of the Registration Documents D. 24-0094 and D. 23-0089 not mentioned above do not apply to investors or are covered in another part of this Universal Registration Document.

Both of the aforementioned Universal Registration Documents are available on the Company’s website www.societegenerale.com and on the AMF’s (French Financial Markets Authority) website https://www.amf-france.org/en.

9.2Statement made by the Issuer

This Universal Registration Document (URD) was filed on 12 March 2025 with the AMF, as the competent authority under Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, without prior approval pursuant to Article 9 of the said regulation. The said document may be used for the purposes of making a public offer of securities or of authorising securities to be traded on a regulated market if completed by a securities note and, where applicable, by a summary and any amendments to the said  Document. The entire URD is approved by the AMF in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

10Appendices

10.1GAR Indicators

Summary of KPIs to be disclosed by credit institutions under Article 8 (“Taxonomy Regulation”)

 

Total environmentally sustainable 
assets
(In EURm)

KPI****

KPI*****

% coverage (over total assets)***

% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7 (2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2. of Annex V)

% of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7 (1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)

Main KPI

Green asset ratio (GAR) stock

12,205

1.71%

1.88%

50.34%

39.47%

49.66%

 

Total environmentally sustainable activities
(In EURm)

KPI

KPI

% coverage (over total assets)

% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7 (2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2. of Annex V)

% of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7 (1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)

Additional KPIs

GAR (flow)

1,730

0.97%

1.33%

84.18%

71.20%

15.82%

 

Trading book*

 

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

Financial guarantees

7,405

7.8%

10.3%

 

 

 

 

Assets under management

633

1.45%

2.21%

 

 

 

 

Fees and commissions income**

 

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

*         For credit institutions that do not meet the conditions of Article 94(1) of the CRR or the conditions set out in Article 325a(1) of the CRR.

**       Fees and commissions income from services other than lending and AuM.

Institutions shall disclose forward-looking information for this KPIs, including information in terms of targets, together with relevant explanations on the methodology applied.

***     % of assets covered by the KPI over banks´ total assets.

****  Based on the Turnover KPI of the counterparty.

*****Based on the CapEx KPI of the counterparty, except for lending activities where for general lending Turnover KPI is used.

Note 1: across the reporting templates: cells shaded in black should not be reported.

Note 2: fees and Commissions and Trading Book KPIs shall only apply starting 2026. SMEs´inclusion in these KPI will only apply subject to a positive result of an impact assessment.

10.2Nuclear and fossil energy related activities

The first template aims to define funding dedicated to research, development, construction or exploitation activities in the nuclear or fossil gas sectors.  The following six templates illustrate the share of eligible and aligned activities in the natural gas and nuclear sector in relation to the main performance indicator of the GAR. These shares are calculated on turnover and capital expenditure, either from the numerator or the denominator of the GAR stock.  The latter two templates show the amount and proportion of exposures to gas and nuclear activities that are not eligible for Taxonomy in relation to all exposures classified as such.

This template includes financing transactions, whether or not they are exposures, for which the use of the product is known.

Template 1 – Nuclear and fossil gas related activities

Row

Nuclear energy related activities

 

1.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demonstration and deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle.

Yes

2.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new nuclear installations to produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best available technologies.

Yes

3.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear installations that produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades.

Yes

 

Fossil gas related activities

 

4.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

5.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

6.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

11Glossary

Glossary of Corporate social responsibility (CSR) terms

AA1000: the AccountAbility 1000 (AA1000) framework standard was published in November 1999 by the predominantly Anglo-Saxon Institute of Social and Ethical Accountability (ISEA). Based on systematic stakeholder engagement in a company’s day-to-day business, it contains a series of indicators, targets and reporting systems designed to assure the credibility of a company’s performance in such respect. Various major corporations, non-governmental organisations and public institutions are among those to have adopted the standard.

Act4nature international is an initiative led by business networks with scientific partners, environmental NGOs and public bodies.  Its objective is to develop the mobilisation of companies in favour of biodiversity through pragmatic commitments supported by their CEOs.

ADEME: the Environment and Energy Management Agency (ADEME or Ademe) is a French public industrial and commercial institution (EPIC) created in 1991. It is under the joint authority of the French ministries responsible for research and innovation, the ecological and solidarity transition, and higher education. ADEME drives, manages, coordinates, facilitates and carries out environmental protection and energy control operations.

B Corp: certification is provided by B Lab to businesses that meet high standards of verified social and environmental performance, public transparency and legal accountability in order to achieve a balance between business profits and objectives. 

Bankers Association for Finance and Trade (BAFT): founded in 1921, BAFT is a global industry association for international transaction banking. It helps bridge solutions across financial institutions, service providers and the regulatory community that promote sound financial practices enabling innovation, efficiency and commercial growth.

Belt and Road: the new silk road comprises a “belt” of overland rail links and a “road” of shipping routes linking China to Europe through Kazakhstan, Russia, Belarus, Poland, Germany, France and the United Kingdom.

Biodiversity: Biodiversity refers to all living beings and the ecosystems in which they live. The term also includes the interactions of species with each other and with their environments.

Blended finance: the strategic use of development finance and philanthropic funds to encourage additional inflows of private capital for emerging markets, generating positive results for both investors and local communities.

Cash management: refers to one of the bank's business lines offering customers solutions in the following areas - management of means of payment, centralisation and optimisation of cash flow.

CDC Biodiversity: created in 2008 by Caisse des Dépôts, CDC Biodiversity is a subsidiary of the CDC Group whose main mission is to reconcile biodiversity and economic development in the service of the general interest.

Charte Eco d’Eau: a collective initiative under which businesses and citizens take action to preserve water resources. It sets out a charter of voluntary commitments under which signatory businesses can access solutions to help them structure and share their commitments.

Circular economy: the circular economy consists of producing goods and services in a sustainable way by limiting the consumption and waste of resources and the production of waste. It's about moving from a throwaway society to a more circular business model.

CIU (Collective Investment Undertaking): a type of financial instrument set up by an accredited entity to manage savings in accordance with a predefined strategy. It is effectively a professionally managed share portfolio. All sums invested in a CIU are pooled and converted into units or shares in the undertaking. These units or shares reflect the portfolio’s value at any given time. This value is expressed as a “net asset value”, calculated by dividing the total value of the CIU’s net assets by the total number of its units or shares. The net asset value represents both the subscription price for a unit or share (with fees being payable in addition) and its redemption price.

Cloud computing: is the practice of using a network of remote, internet-hosted computer servers to store, manage, and process data, rather than a local server or personal computer.

CSA: French polling institute specialising in market research and opinion polls.

CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive): an EU Directive that has been transposed into French law under the Order of 6 December 2023 and French Decree No. 2023-1394 of 30 December 2023. The CSRD provides for the creation of ESRS, European Sustainability Reporting Standards, which frame and harmonise sustainability reporting by businesses. 

Ecosystems: a dynamic complex of communities of plants, animals and microorganisms and their non-living environment that interact to form a functional unit.

Eco-PTZ+: an interest-free loan for energy renovation work in residential properties. Subject to certain conditions, owners, occupiers and co-ownership associations can apply for loans ranging from EUR 7,000 to EUR 50,000, depending on the work they want to finance. The scheme is set to run until 31 December 2023.

Ecosystem services: the benefits that humans derive from ecosystems.

EcoTree: a French company specialised in solutions that promote forestry and biodiversity with a view to delivering financial and environmental benefits.

EcoVadis is a provider of sustainability and CSR ratings. It works with companies of all sizes and in all sectors looking to measure their environmental, social and ethical impact. It establishes a scorecard that illustrates the level of integration of sustainability by companies across four themes: environment, labour and human rights, ethics and sustainable procurement. Certification is obtained on the basis of a process of ongoing improvement involving annual assessments through which companies can track and work on improving their score. 

EMEA: an abbreviation sometimes used by companies or organisations to refer to the business region encompassing Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Entreprises pour l’environnement (EpE): Formed in 1992, a French association of some sixty major French and international companies from all sectors committed to environmental transition.

Equipment finance: financing of sales and capital goods.

ETF: Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) are financial instruments that faithfully track the upward or downward movements in an underlying index.

Ethifinance: a European extra-financial rating, research and advisory group specialised in solutions for socially responsible investment (SRI) and corporate social responsibility (CSR).

Factoring/reverse factoring: factoring is a financial management technique by which a financial company (the factor) manages, within the framework of a contract (factoring contract), the accounts receivable of a company by financing its customer invoices, collecting its receivables, guaranteeing receivables from its debtors, applying and posting payments. 

The factoring service is remunerated by a commission on the amount of invoices, service commission and financial commission. Factoring allows companies to improve their cash flow and reduce their accounts receivable management costs.

Reverse factoring or Reverse Factoring (or Supply Chain Finance) is a financing solution that allows companies to pay their supplier before the due date without calling on their cash flow. The factoring company pays your suppliers' invoices within 24 hours after the delivery of the goods or the performance of the service. Your company will only pay the factor when the invoice is due.

Fing: the Fondation Internet Nouvelle Génération (New Generation Internet Foundation) is a French non-profit association set up in 2000. Its work falls into four main categories: bringing people together around new technologies; taking part in emerging ethical and societal debates; fostering innovative ideas and projects; and encouraging partnerships and the appropriation of innovation.

France Active Garantie: France Active is a movement of entrepreneurs that provides support to businesses and associations in the social and solidarity economy and entrepreneurs with the least access to bank services through funding, advice and access to a network of business and social stakeholders. 90% of start-up entrepreneurs supported by France Active are job seekers, one third of whom are on the lowest level of social support. France Active carries a proportion of the credit risk on funding for these players, thereby facilitating the approval of loans by creditor banks.

FTE: refers to work performed on a full-time equivalent basis, in line with the legal working hours for the country in question.

GHG Protocol: is an international protocol providing a framework for measuring, accounting for and managing greenhouse gas emissions from private and public sector activities developed by the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) and the World Resources Institute.

Green Bond Principles (GBP): a set of internationally recognised voluntary guidelines for issuers of green bonds that set out best practices and promote transparency. Established by the ICMA (International Capital Market Association), the GBP provide guidelines for issuers to follow when issuing green bonds. They aid investors by promoting availability of information necessary to evaluate the environmental impact of their green bond investments and they assist underwriters by offering vital steps that will facilitate transactions that preserve the integrity of the market.

Green circle: is a programming competition built in a serious game format by Societe Generale and CodinGame in order to raise awareness among developers about sustainable IT. 

Greenfin: an initiative launched by the French Ministry for the Ecological and Solidarity Transition, Greenfin certification is a guarantee of an investment fund’s green credentials. The label can be awarded to funds that invest in the common good and whose practices are transparent and sustainable. Funds that invest in companies in the nuclear and fossil fuel industries are not eligible for the Greenfin label.

Green Loan Principles (GLP): a set of internationally recognised voluntary guidelines to promote growth and transparency in the green loan market. Their aim is to create a framework of market standards and guidelines with a consistent methodology for use across the green loan market. 

Green, social and sustainable loans, bonds and securitisations: green, social and sustainable loans or bonds finance projects offering clearly identified environmental and/or social benefits.

Green, sustainable export finance: trade finance instruments that support, guarantee and/or finance an underlying project that has a clear positive impact on the environment.

Green sustainable trade finance: trade finance instruments that support, guarantee and/or finance an underlying project with a clear positive contribution to the environment.

GRI: the Global Reporting Initiative, or GRI, is an NGO founded in 1997 by the CERES (Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies) and the UNEP (United Nations Environment Programme) that has attracted stakeholders (companies, organisations, non-profit associations, etc.) from around the world. It was set up to develop a reporting framework allowing companies to measure how they are doing in terms of sustainable development. It has published a series of standards designed to help companies report on their economic, social and environmental performance.

IIRC: the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) is a global coalition of companies, investors, regulators, standard setters, members of the accounting profession and NGOs. Its members are united by the conviction that corporate reporting needs to be made more about value creation. To help make this happen, the International IR Framework provides a common set of guidelines, key concepts and components for Integrated Reporting.

Impact Based Finance: Societe Generale has developed a unique and disruptive impact-driven approach to address the need for guidance from private companies and public bodies that are transforming their operations to align with the SDGs in existing or new markets but facing difficulties in financing their investments. The approach is three-pronged: increasing impact, improving credit, and leveraging digital transformation. 

Impact investing: impact investing is an investment strategy that seeks to generate synergies combining social, environmental and societal impact with a neutral financial return.

International Capital Market Association (ICMA): a global professional body and de facto regulator whose members include investment banks and securities dealers active on the international debt capital market.

Ipsos: French polling company founded in 1975 that also conducts opinion marketing research worldwide.

ISO 50001: ISO 50001, published on 15 June 2011 by the International Organization for Standardization, is the result of a collaboration between 61 countries. It aims to improve the energy performance of any organisation and its implementation is therefore a potential source of energy savings for companies.

LDDS: the Livret de développement durable et solidaire (sustainable development and solidarity savings account) is an instant-access interest-bearing savings account designed to finance small- and medium-sized enterprises, as well as the social and solidarity economy. Since 1 October 2020, LDDS accountholders have also had the option of making donations to one or more social and solidarity companies or non-profit associations.

Le Chaînon Manquant: French non-profit association that combats food waste by recovering good-quality unsold foodstuffs from catering establishments for redistribution to those in need.

LGBTI: an acronym for people who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or intersex. It encompasses all those who engage in anything other than solely heterosexual relations.

Line of Defence (LoD) 3: Internal audit.

Line of Defence (LoD) 2: Compliance checks and risk management.

Line of Defence (LoD) 1: Other business lines and support functions.

Livret A: an interest-bearing, instant-access savings passbook that is regulated, meaning that its terms – especially the cap and interest rate – are set by the public authorities. Part of the deposits in such accounts can be used to help finance social housing projects. The Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations pools 60% of all funds on Livret A accounts, using them to invest in projects in the public interest, such as building social housing and granting long-term loans to providers of social housing or to local authorities for infrastructure development, including building hospitals and transport infrastructure. The remaining 40% is managed by the banks and generates interest for savers.

LuxFLAG: the Luxembourg Finance Labelling Agency (LuxFLAG) is an independent and international non-profit association founded in July 2006. It aims to promote sustainable investments by awarding a transparent label to investment vehicles that are active in the fields of microfinance, the environment, ESG (environment, social, governance), climate finance and green bonds. LuxFLAG labels are designed to reassure investors that the investment vehicle in question genuinely pursues responsible investment of the assets it manages. There are no restrictions on eligibility for international investment vehicles based on issuing countries or where the vehicle is domiciled. LuxFLAG is guided by four core values: sustainability, transparency, independence and responsibility.

OMDF (Off-Grid Market Development Fund): a fund that aims to step up the rollout of sustainable electricity in Madagascar through the use of off-grid solar solutions.

PEA PME/ETI: a French share savings plan designed to finance SMEs/mid-caps. The PEA PME/ETI was created to encourage French-resident savers to invest in French SMEs and mid-caps, in return for certain tax benefits. Savers benefit from tax reductions on the capital gains they derive from these plans, subject to certain conditions (such as a minimum holding period).

Phenix: a French start-up founded in 2014 to offer companies a way to cut down on waste. Phenix collects their unsold goods (foodstuffs, toiletries, cleaning products, school supplies, etc.) and then either donates them to food banks and charities or sells them at cut-price rates through its mobile app.

Physical risk: refers to the financial impact of climate change, as a result of more frequent extreme weather events as well as progressive climate change. Physical risks can be either “acute” (impact of extreme weather events, such as storms and flooding) or chronic (impact of more progressive shifts, such as higher temperatures, rising sea levels and water stress). These physical risks may have financial implications for organisations, such as direct damage, supply shocks (affecting their own assets or else their supply chains, resulting in an indirect impact) or demand shocks (affecting downstream destination markets). An organisation’s financial performance may also be affected by changes in water availability, sourcing and quality, food security, or extreme temperature variations affecting its premises, operations, supply chains, transport needs and employee safety.

Positive impact note and Positive impact support note: Societe Generale has put together a range of positive impact notes that offer investors the opportunity to invest in a structured note with the additional benefit of promoting Positive Impact Finance. When a client invests in positive impact notes, Societe Generale intends to hold in its books an amount of Positive Impact Finance assets equivalent to 100% of the outstanding nominal amount of the note.

Positive-impact project: a project whose environmental or social impacts have been measured and evaluated prior to its launch to identify how it will contribute to positive change for society or the planet. Positive-impact projects can cover a range of fields: the environment, education, social issues, health, food, biodiversity, gender equality, etc.

Proxy advisor: a firm that provides advice and voting recommendations to shareholders (generally in relation to corporate governance). Institutional investors can delegate proxy advisors to vote their shares for them, thus giving them influence that issuers must take into account. Proxy advisors also contribute to the production of governance ratings.

RTE: RTE, acronym for Réseau de transport d'électricité, is the French grid operator responsible for the public high-voltage electricity transmission network in France.

Scope 1,2,3: the methodology established by GHG Protocol* for calculating a company's carbon footprint requires the accounting of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions. Scope 1 corresponds to the direct emissions of the facilities owned by the company, Scope 2 corresponds to the indirect greenhouse gas emissions related to the consumption of electricity, heat or imported steam, Scope 3 makes it possible to list all other indirect emissions (upstream and downstream) related to the company's activity. 

Serious game: the term refers to "a serious game", i.e. an activity combining a "serious" intention – of a pedagogical, informative, communicational, marketing type – with playful elements.

SFRD (Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation): The European Union's SFDR regulation imposes transparency rules on EU financial market participants and financial advisers with regard to the integration of sustainability risks and the consideration of adverse sustainability impacts in their investment and advisory processes.

Social Bond Principles (SBP): established by the International Capital Market Association (ICMA), these are a set of best practices for issuers of social bonds. They provide guidelines, recommend transparency and disclosure and promote integrity. The SBP are voluntary guidelines that seek to support issuers in financing socially sound and sustainable projects that achieve greater social benefits. SBP-aligned issuance should provide transparent social credentials alongside an investment opportunity. 

Social impact bond: financial bonds issued by the public sector to private operators on a pay-for-success basis to finance social projects.

Social impact Solutions:  enable the creation of financial solutions to unlock both public and private funds for clients' social projects which contribute to their transition to sustainable development and the SDGs. These solutions require the use of joint expertise on social and economic aspects, most often leading to the establishment of multi-sectoral social partnerships with non-governmental organisations and the public sector.

Social Loan Principles (SLP): a set of voluntary guidelines that aim to create a framework of best practices and strengthen transparency in the social loan market. They seek to provide a consistent methodology for use across the social loan market.

Speak-up culture: in human resources, this refers to a working environment where people feel welcome, included and free to express their views and opinions, confident in the knowledge that they will be heard and acknowledged.

SPI: Sustainable and Positive Investment for wealth and asset management activities, including the structuring of products aimed at institutional and individual investors.

SPIF: Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance involves financing clients’ credit institution, leasing and/or support activities with a view to boosting their positive impact.

SRI: the SRI (Socially Responsible Investment) label is a tool for choosing sustainable and responsible investments. Created and supported by the French Ministry of Finance, the label aims to raise the profile of SRI products for savers in France and Europe.

Sustainability-linked bond: any type of bond instrument for which the characteristics (especially the financial characteristics) can vary depending on whether the issuer achieves certain predefined environmental, social and/or governance objectives.

Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles (SLBP): a set of guidelines intended for use by market participants and designed to drive the provision of the information needed to increase capital allocation to sustainability-linked bonds. The SLBP are applicable to all types of issuers and financial capital market instruments.

Sustainability-linked derivative: with these derivatives whose features are contingent on the achievement of specified sustainability targets, Societe Generale strengthens its commitment to the sustainable transformation of its corporate clients. Sustainability-linked swaps can notably hedge Sustainability-linked loans* and bonds*.

Sustainability-linked loan: a credit facility granted with an interest rate that varies according to the borrower’s ESG performance. Also referred to as positive-impact loans.

Sustainable & positive impact bonds: Societe Generale has created a range of sustainable and positive impact bonds for its clients to invest in as part of a positive impact finance approach. Sustainable and positive impact bonds issued in accordance with the Societe Generale sustainable & positive impact bonds framework mainly contribute to the EU goal of combating climate change through the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) and contribute towards one or more of the UN Sustainable Development Goals. https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2020-11/sg-sustainable-and-positive-impact-bond-framework-june-2020.pdf

Sustainable bond: a form of debt securities, sustainable bonds are issued to finance one or more existing, progressing or new projects that are identified and classified as “sustainable”. Such bonds are intended for all investor classes. A project’s “sustainability” is defined by its positive contribution to a sustainable development goal (social or environmental).

Sustainable bond issue: with a sustainable bond issue, the entirety of the net proceeds from the issue go towards financing or refinancing environmental and social projects.

Too Good to Go: a mobile application that connects its users with bakeries, restaurants, supermarkets and other food professionals that offer unsold food at reduced prices.

Transition risk: refers to the risk of financial losses for an institution as a direct or indirect result of adjusting to a more environmentally sustainable low-carbon economy. Transitioning to a low-carbon economy to meet the challenges of mitigating and adapting to climate change can involve major political, legal, technological and market changes. The exact nature and direction of these changes, as well as how fast they occur, will affect the extent of the financial and reputational risk elements making up transition risks. Although the TCFD’s recommendations do not specifically mention it, the Group also includes within transition risk the liability risk arising from possible compensation claims from parties having sustained losses as a result of physical or transition risks.

Truspair: The fintech Trustpair is a next-generation third-party risk management platform that specializes in the prevention of wire transfer fraud. Trustpair supports Finance Departments in the digitization of their third-party control processes to improve security and performance.

WWF: the World Wildlife Fund is an international non-governmental organisation (INGO) established in 1961, dedicated to environmental protection and sustainable development. It is one of the world’s largest environmental INGOs with more than six million supporters worldwide, working in more than 100 countries and supporting some 1,300 environmental projects.

Glossary of key technical terms

Acronym table

Acronym

Definition

Glossary

ABS

Asset-Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CDS

Credit Default Swap

See: Securitisation

CDO

Collateralised Debt Obligation

See: Securitisation

CLO

Collateralised Loan Obligation

See: Securitisation

CMBS

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CRD

Capital Requirement Directive

 

CVaR

Credit Value at Risk

 

EAD

Exposure at default

 

EL

Expected Loss

 

ESG

Environment, Social and Governance

 

G-SIB

Global Systemically Important Banks

See: SIFI

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

LGD

Loss Given Default

 

NSFR

Net Stable Funding Ratio

 

PD

Probability of Default

 

RMBS

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

RWA

Risk Weighted Assets

 

SVaR

Stressed Value at Risk

 

VaR

Value at Risk

 

Asset Backed Securities (ABS): see securitisation.

Basel 1 (Accords): prudential framework established in 1988 by the Basel Committee to ensure solvency and stability in the international banking system by setting an international minimum and standardised limit on banks’ capital bases. It notably establishes a minimum capital ratio – as a proportion of the total risks taken on by banks – of 8% (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 2 (Accords): prudential framework used to better assess and limit banks’ risks. It is focused on banks’ credit, market and operational risks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 3 (Accords): changes to prudential banking standards that supplement the Basel 2 accords by improving the quality and quantity of banks’ required capital. They also implement minimum requirements in terms of liquidity risk management (quantitative ratios), define measures to limit the financial system’s procyclicality (capital buffers that vary according to the economic cycle) and strengthen requirements related to systemically significant banks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012). The Basel 3 Accords are implemented in Europe under Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation 575/2013 (“CRR”), which have been in force since 1 January 2014.

Bond: a bond is a fraction of a loan, issued in the form of a security, which is tradable and – in a given issue – grants a receivable over the issuer according to the issue’s nominal value (the issuer being a company, public sector entity or government).

Cash Generating Unit (CGU): the smallest identifiable set of assets which generates incoming cash flow that is generally independent from the incoming cash flow generated by other assets or sets of assets in accordance with the IAS 36 accounting standard. “In accordance with IFRS standards, a company must determine the largest number of cash generating units (CGU) which make it up; these CGU should be generally independent in terms of operations and the company must allocate assets to each of these CGU. Impairment testing must be conducted at the CGU level periodically (if there are reasons to believe that their value has dropped) or annually (if they include goodwill).” (Source: Les Echos.fr, quoting Vernimmen).

Collateral: transferable asset or guarantee used as a pledge for the repayment of a loan in the event that the borrower cannot meet its payment obligations (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO): see securitisation.

Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO): see securitisation.

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS): see securitisation.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: includes principally share capital, associated share premiums and reserves, less prudential deductions.

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Common Equity Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to CRD4/CRR rules. Common Equity Tier 1 capital has a more restrictive definition than in the earlier CRD3 Directive (Basel 2).

Comprehensive Risk Measurement (CRM): capital charge in addition to Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) for the credit activities correlation portfolio which accounts for specific price risks (spread, correlation, collection, etc.). The CRM is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Core Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Core Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to Basel 2 rules and their changes known as Basel 2.5.

Cost-to-income ratio: ratio indicating the share of net banking income (NBI) used to cover the company’s operating costs. It is determined by dividing management fees by the NBI.

Cost of risk in basis points: the cost of risk in basis points is calculated using the ratio of the net cost of commercial risk to loan outstandings at the start of the period. Net cost of risk corresponds to the cost of risk calculated for on- and off-balance sheet exposures, i.e. Depreciation and reversals (used or not used) + Losses on unrecoverable receivables - Recovery of impaired debts. Provisions and reversals of provisions for litigation issues are excluded from this calculation.

CRD3: European Directive on capital requirements, incorporating the provisions known as Basel 2 and 2.5, notably in respect of market risk: improvement in the incorporation of the risk of default or rating migration for assets in the trading book (tranched and untranched assets), and reduction in the procyclicality of Value at Risk (see definition).

CRD4/CRR (Capital Requirement Regulation): Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (“CRR”) constitute the corpus of the texts transposing Basel 3 in Europe. They therefore define the European regulations relating to the solvency ratio, large exposures, leverage and liquidity ratios, and are supplemented by the European Banking Authority’s (“EBA”) technical standards.

Credit and counterparty risk: risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. Credit risk also includes the counterparty risk linked to market transactions, as well as that stemming from securitisation activities.

Credit Default Swaps (CDS): insurance mechanism against credit risk in the form of a bilateral financial contract, in which the protection buyer periodically pays the seller in return for a guarantee to compensate the buyer for losses on reference assets (government, bank or corporate bonds) if a credit event occurs (bankruptcy, payment default, moratorium, restructuring) (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Credit Value at Risk (CVaR): the largest loss that would be incurred after eliminating the top 1% of the most adverse occurrences, used to set the risk limits for individual counterparties.

Derivative: a financial asset or financial contract, the value of which changes based on the value of an underlying asset, which may be financial (equities, bonds, currencies, etc.) or non-financial (agricultural or other commodities, etc.). Depending on the circumstances, this change may be accompanied by a leverage effect. Derivatives can take the form of securities (warrants, certificates, structured EMTNs, etc.) or contracts (forwards, options, swaps, etc.). Listed derivative contracts are called Futures.

Doubtful loan coverage rate: ratio between portfolio provision and depreciation and doubtful outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Expected Loss (EL): losses that may occur given the quality of a transaction’s structuring and all measures taken to reduce risk, such as collateral.

Exposure at default (EAD): exposure in case of default, exposure incurred by the financial institution in the event of default of a counterparty. The EAD includes both balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures. Off-balance sheet exposures are converted to their balance sheet equivalent using internal or regulatory conversion factors (drawdown assumption).

Fair value: the amount for which an asset could be exchanged or a liability settled, between informed and consenting parties under normal market conditions.

Government-backed loans (PGE): In light of the Covid-19 pandemic, the French State set up an emergency financing scheme to help debtors manage their cash requirements for an amount capped at 25% of their revenue and with an initial bullet redemption phase over 12 months. At the end of this initial phase, the client may opt for a redemption period of up to five years. Ninety percent of the loan amount for professional and VSB clients is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a 0.25% commission to the French Public Investment Bank (BPI). For corporate clients, 70% to 90% of the loan amount is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a commission of between 0.25% and 0.50% paid to the French government and collected by the French Public Investment Bank (BPI) depending on the revenue bracket.

Gross rate of doubtful outstandings: the ratio between doubtful outstandings and gross book loan outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Group net income: equivalent to “Net income, Group share”.

Haircut: percentage by which the market value of securities is reduced to reflect their value in the context of stress (counterparty or market stress risk). The extent of the reduction reflects the perceived risk.

Impairment: recording of a probable loss on an asset (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Impairment losses on goodwill: equivalent to “Value adjustments on goodwill”.

Incremental Risk Charge (IRC): capital cost incurred due to rating migration risk and risk of issuers’ default within a one-year horizon for trading book debt instruments (bonds and CDS). The IRC is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Insurance risk: beyond asset/liability risk management (interest-rate, valuation, counterparty and currency risk), insurance risk includes underwriting risk, mortality risk and structural risk of life and non-life insurance activities, including pandemics, accidents and catastrophic events (such as earthquakes, hurricanes, industrial disasters, or acts of terrorism or war).

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP): process outlined in Pillar 2 of the Basel Accord, by which the Group verifies its capital adequacy with regard to all risks incurred. Investment grade: long-term rating provided by an external ratings agency, ranging from AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3 for a counterparty or underlying issue. A rating of BB+/Ba1 or lower indicates a Non-Investment Grade instrument.

Leverage ratio: the leverage ratio is intended to be a simple ratio developed with a view to limiting the size of banks’ balance sheets. The leverage ratio compares the Tier 1 capital with the accounting balance sheet/off-balance sheet, after restatements of certain items. A new definition of leverage ratio has been implemented in accordance with the application of the CRR.

Liquidity: for a bank, the capacity to cover its short-term maturities. For an asset, this term indicates the potential to purchase or sell it quickly on the market, with a limited discount (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR): this ratio is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile. The LCR requires banks to hold risk-free assets that may be easily liquidated on markets in order to meet required payments for outflows net of inflows during a thirty-day crisis period without central bank support (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Loss Given Default (LGD): ratio between the loss incurred from exposure to default by a counterparty and the amount of the exposure at the time of default.

Market risk: risk of decline in the value of financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and correlations between them. These parameters include but are not limited to exchange rates, interest rates, and the price of securities (equity, bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets, including real estate.

Market stress tests: to assess market risks, alongside the internal VaR and SVaR model, the Group monitors its exposure using market stress test simulations to take into account exceptional market occurrences, based on 26 historical scenarios and eight hypothetical scenarios.

Mezzanine: form of financing between equity and debt. In terms of ranking, mezzanine debt is subordinate to senior debt, but it is still above equity.

Minimum requirement of own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL): the EU Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD) requires compliance with a minimum ratio of “bail-inable” debt (i.e. debt that can be used in the event of the bank’s resolution). The MREL requirement is determined on a case-by-case basis for each bank.

Monoline insurer: insurance company participating in a credit enhancement transaction and which guarantees bond issues (for example, a securitisation transaction), in order to improve the issue’s credit rating.

Net earnings per share: net earnings of the company (adjusted for hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments) divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding.

Net profits or losses from other assets: equivalent to “Net income/expense from other assets”.

Net income: equivalent to “Net income, Group share”.

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method: equivalent to “Net income from invesments accounted for using the equity method”.

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR): this ratio aims to promote resilience over a longer time horizon by creating additional incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding. This structural ratio has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Netting agreement: a contract in which two parties to a forward financial instrument, securities lending or resale contract agree to offset reciprocal claims arising from these contracts, with the settlement of these claims based only on the net balance, especially in the event of default or termination. A master netting agreement enables this mechanism to be extended to different kinds of transactions, subject to various framework agreements under a master agreement.

Operational risk (including accounting and environmental risk): risk of losses or sanctions, notably due to failures in procedures and internal systems, human error or external events, etc.

Own shares: shares held by the company, especially as part of the Share Buyback programme. Own shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share, with the exception of shares held as part of a liquidity contract.

Personal commitment: represented by a deposit, autonomous guarantee or letter of intent. Whoever makes themselves guarantor for an obligation binds themselves to the creditor to honour that obligation, if the debtor does not honour it themselves. An independent guarantee is an undertaking by which the guarantor binds himself, in consideration of a debt subscribed by a third party, to pay a sum either on first demand or subject to terms agreed upon. A letter of intent is an undertaking to do or not to do, the purpose of which is the support provided to a debtor in honouring their obligation.

Physical collateral: guarantees consisting of assets including tangible and intangible property and securities, including commodities, precious metals, cash, financial instruments and insurance contracts.

Prime Brokerage: a bundled package of services dedicated to hedge funds to facilitate and improve their activities. In addition to performing standard brokerage transactions on financial markets (buying and selling on the customer’s behalf), the prime broker offers securities lending and borrowing services and financing services specifically suited to hedge funds.

Probability of Default (PD): likelihood that a counterparty of the bank will default within one year.

Rating: assessment by a ratings agency (Moody’s, Fitch Ratings, Standard & Poor’s) of the financial solvency risk of an issuer (company, government or other public institution) or of a given transaction (bond loan, securitisation, covered bond). The rating has a direct impact on the cost of raising capital (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Resecuritisation: securitisation of an already securitised exposure where the risk associated with underlyings is divided into tranches and, therefore, at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitised exposure.

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS): see securitisation.

Return On Equity (ROE): ratio between the net income restated for interest on hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments and restated book equity (especially hybrid securities), which enables return on capital to be measured.

Revenues: equivalent to “Net banking income”.

Risk appetite: level of risk, by type and by business line, that the Group is prepared to take on with regard to its strategic objectives. Risk appetite is derived using both quantitative and qualitative criteria. The Risk Appetite exercise is one of the strategic steering tools available to the Group’s decision-making bodies.

Risk weight: percentage of weighting of exposures which is applied to a particular exposure in order to determine the related risk-weighted asset.

Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA): value of a bank’s assets or exposures, weighted according to risk.

Securitisation: transaction that transfers a credit risk (loan outstandings) to an organisation that issues, for this purpose, tradable securities to which investors subscribe. This transaction may involve a transfer of outstandings (physical securitisation) or a transfer of risk only (credit derivatives). Securitisation transactions may, if applicable, enable securities subordination (tranches).

The following products are considered securitisations:

ABS: Asset Backed Securities.

CDO: Collateralised Debt Obligation, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio (bank loans (residential) or corporate bonds). Interest and principal payments may be subordinated (tranche creation).

CLO: Collateralised Loan Obligation, a CDO backed by an asset portfolio of bank loans.

CMBS: Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of corporate real estate loans leading to a mortgage.

RMBS: Residential Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of residential mortgage loans.

Share: equity stake issued by a company in the form of shares, representing a share of ownership and granting its holder (shareholder) the right to a proportional share in any distribution of profits or net assets as well as a right to vote in a General Meeting of Shareholders.

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR): identical to the VaR approach, the calculation method consists of a “historical simulation” with “one-day” shocks and a 99% confidence interval. Unlike the VaR, which uses 260 scenarios of daily variation year-on-year, the stressed VaR uses a fixed one-year window that corresponds to a historical period of significant financial tensions.

Structural interest rate and currency risk: risk of loss or of write-downs in the Group’s assets arising from variations in interest or exchange rates. Structural interest rate and exchange rate risks are incurred in commercial activities and proprietary transactions.

Structured issue or structured product: a financial instrument combining a bond product and an instrument (e.g. an option) providing exposure to all types of asset (equities, currencies, interest rates, commodities). Instruments can include a total or partial guarantee in respect of the invested capital. The term “structured product” or “structured issue” also refers to securities resulting from securitisation transactions, where holders are subject to a ranking hierarchy.

Systemically Important Financial Institution (SIFI): the Financial Stability Board (FSB) coordinates all of the measures to reduce moral hazard and risks to the global financial system posed by Globally Systemically Important Financial Institutions (G-SIFI). These banks meet criteria defined in the Basel Committee rules included in the document titled “Global Systemically Important Banks: Assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement” and published as a list in November 2011. This list is updated by the FSB each November. Banks classified as G-SIBs are subject to increasingly strict capital requirements.

Tier 1 capital: comprises Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital. The latter corresponds to perpetual debt instruments, with no incentive to redeem, less prudential deductions.

Tier 2 capital: supplementary capital consisting mainly of subordinated notes less prudential deductions.

Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total capital ratio or Solvency ratio: ratio between total (Tier 1 and Tier 2) capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC): on 10 November 2014, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) published for public consultation a term sheet proposing a “Pillar 1” type requirement regarding loss-absorbing capacity in the event of resolution. This new requirement only applies to G-SIBs (Global Systemically Important Banks). It is a ratio of liabilities considered to be “bail-inable” in the event of resolution and calculated with respect to weighted risks or the leverage ratio denominator (Source: Revue de l’ACPR, No. 25).

Transformation risk: appears as soon as assets are financed through resources with a different maturity. Due to their traditional activity of transforming resources with a short maturity into longer-term maturities, banks are naturally faced with transformation risk which itself leads to liquidity and interest-rate risk. Transformation occurs when assets have a longer maturity than liabilities; anti-transformation occurs when assets are financed through longer-maturity resources.

Treasury shares: shares held by a company in its own equity through one or several intermediary companies in which it holds a controlling share either directly or indirectly. Treasury shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share.

Value at Risk (VaR): composite indicator used to monitor the Group’s daily market risk exposure, notably for its trading activities (99% VaR in accordance with the internal regulatory model). It corresponds to the greatest risk calculated after eliminating the top 1% of most unfavourable occurrences observed over a one-year period. Within the framework described above, it corresponds to the average of the second and third largest losses computed.